Professional Documents
Culture Documents
A330 Mel
A330 Mel
Asiana Airlines claims copyright in each page of this document only to the extent that the
page contains copyrightable subject matter. Asiana Airlines also claims copyright in this
document as a compilation and/or collective work.
The right to reproduce, distribute, display, and make derivative works from this document, or
any portion thereof, requires a license from Asiana Airlines. For more information, contact
Asiana Airlines, Maintenance & Engineering Team, #94-1, Gonghang-dong, Gangseo-gu,
Seoul, 157-240.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
THIS TABLE GIVES, FOR EACH AIRCRAFT INCLUDED IN THE MANUAL, THE
CROSS REFERENCE BETWEEN :
MEL INTRODUCTION
information.
B. Condition for Deferral
1) MEL Items : Deferral of MEL items are covered by this MEL instruction.
2) Non-MEL Items : Deferral of the following Non-MEL Items that does not affect the
safety or airworthiness for flight is covered by MPPM, Chapter 12.2(Defer for
Non-Significant Malfunction).
C. An item without MAINTENANCE (m) is accomplished by ‘Level A or higher’ maintenance
personnel.
An item with MAINTENANCE (m) is accomplished by ‘Level B1’ maintenance personnel.
In the event of MEL application, flight crew, dispatcher, and the responsible
maintenance personnel must exchange views with one another regarding applicable
defects. If malfunction satisfies with these standards and assure the safety of the
flight, the departure could be released. The responsible maintenance personnel
should provide information and corrective action to flight crew or dispatcher, if
necessary.
3) Any failure which occurs between the all passenger entry doors close and
takeoff-roll shall be dealt with Crew Defer procedures as follows
a Flight crew can accomplish defer of certain MEL items which are indicated as
. ‘Crew Defer’ in the ‘After Door Close’ column of the ECAM MESSAGE INDEX
AND MEL ITEMS INDEX.
b When MEL items with limitations or (o)procedures affecting aircraft performance
. capabilities, weight & balance, fuel planning, or airspace eligibility are applied by
flight crew, flight crew should communicate with the dispatcher whether the
changes in flight planning is required or not. Other operational factors may
influence flight crew decision-making on a case by case basis.
c Flight crew must return to the gate or ramp area when the applicable MEL item
is indicated as ‘Ramp Return’ in the ‘After Door Close’ column of the ECAM
MESSAGE INDEX AND MEL ITEMS INDEX.
d The flight crew should notify the contents of Defer to MCC (Maintenance Control
Center) by using available communications(Company Datalink, VHF, etc.) after
carrying out Crew Defer.
e If the flight is continued after applying the Crew Defer Procedure, the flight crew
shall write up the description of malfunction in the flight & maintenance logbook
at the next station.
4) Designation of Crew Deferrable item was determined by cross-organizational team
consist of Operations Enginnering, and required as follow:
a. Flight crew’s agreenment.
b. Procedures do not require specialized knowledge or skill, test equipment, tools,
and mechanical component removal.
change MEL item to 49-10-01B (Repair interval D: 120 Days) if necessary. But the
repair interval should be calculated from the next day from the day of discovery.
Refer to 1)
Refer to 8)
Refer to 2)
Refer
to( 3),(4),(5),( 7)
Remarks and/or
Exceptions
Revision Bar
(o) Procedure
(m) Procedure
Page No.
Rev. Date
1) SYSTEM : System numbers are based on the Air Transport Association (ATA).
Specification Number 100 and items are numbered sequentially.
2) ITEM : It lists the equipment, components, systems or functions, for which dispatch
conditions apply. System numbers are based on Air Transport Association (ATA)
specification number 100.
3) REPAIR INTERVAL : It indicates category A,B,C, and D that means the period of
deferral. The limitation of correction for the item deferred is as followings.
a. Category A : Items in this category shall be repaired within the time interval
specified in the “Remarks or Exceptions” column of the MEL. Whenever the
proviso in the “Remarks or Exceptions” column. Of the MEL states cycles or
flight time, the time interval begins with the next flight. Whenever the time
interval is listed as calendar of flight days, the time interval begins on the
calendar or flight day following the day of discovery
b. Category B : Items in this category shall be rectified within three (3)
consecutive calendar days, excluding the day of discovery.
For example, if it were recorded at 10 a.m. on January 26th, the three day
interval would begin at midnight the 26th and end at midnight the 29th.
c. Category C : Items in this category shall be rectified within ten (10) consecutive
calendar days, excluding the day of discovery.
For example, if it were recorded at 10 a.m. on January 26th, the 10 day
interval would begin at midnight the 26th and end at midnight February 5th.
d. Category D : Items in this category shall be rectified within one hundred and
twenty (120) consecutive calendar days, excluding the day of discovery.
4) NUMBER INSTALLED : It indicates, for a given item, the quantity of equipment,
components, systems or functions, installed on the airplane. This quantity reflects the
airplane type certificated configuration and, therefore required for all flight conditions,
unless otherwise indicated in NUMBER REQUIRED FOR DISPATCH in conjunction
with exceptions or remarks listed in REMARKS OR EXCEPTIONS, if necessary.
“Dash (-)” symbol indicates that a variable quantity is installed.
5) NUMBER REQUIRED FOR DISPATCH : It indicates, for a given item, the minimum
quantity of equipment, components, systems or functions which must be operative for
dispatch, under the conditions listed in REMARKS OR EXCEPTIONS column. “Dash
(-)” symbol indicates that a variable quantity is installed.
6) REMARKS AND/OR EXCEPTIONS : It represents a statement either prohibiting or
permitting operation with a specific number of items inoperative, provisos(conditions
and limitations) for such operation, and appropriate notes.
a. Exceptions : Different possibilities may be considered for a given item. Each
possibility is named “exception”. Exceptions are identified by letters A, B, C…
and separated. Operators shall choose and apply only one exception when
several exceptions are proposed for a given item.
Within one exception, several conditions may be required. They will be
identified by 1), 2),3)… Operator shall comply with all the conditions of the given
AAR A330 FLEET 1-00-00 P 7/13
MEL 30OCT19
INTRODUCTION
(o) : The (o) symbol indicates that the dispatch condition requires a specific
operational procedure to permit operation of the aircraft with the inoperative item.
Purpose of the operational procedure may be:
‐ To require the flight crew or cabin crew to perform action(s),
‐ To provide limitations or performance penalties,
‐ To provide useful information to the crew.
The flight crew must read the content of the operational procedure before each flight.
The operational procedure must be applied before each flight. However, the dispatch
condition might specify a different periodicity. In this case this operational procedure
must be applied before the first MEL dispatch and must be repeated at the defined
periodicity. The operational procedures are split and organized into specific flight
phases. The flight crew has to apply the part of the operational procedure related to
the relevant flight phase. Qualified flight crew or qualified cabin crew usually performs
the operational procedures.
However other qualified personnel can also perform the operational procedures. But
the flight crew must read the content of the operational procedure before each flight.
(m) : The (m) symbol indicates that the dispatch condition requires a specific
maintenance procedure to permit operation of the aircraft with the inoperative item.
Purpose of the maintenance procedure may be:
‐ To deactivate a system,
‐ To check a system.
The maintenance procedure is normally a one-time action that must be applied
before the first MMEL dispatch. However the dispatch condition may specify a
periodicity for repetitive actions.
In this case the maintenance procedure must be applied before the first MEL
dispatch and must be repeated at the defined periodicity.
Qualified maintenance personnel usually perform the maintenance procedures.
However other qualified and authorized personnel can also perform some actions if
qualified maintenance personnel provides advises. But only qualified maintenance
personnel can perform procedures that require specialized knowledge or skill, or that
require the use of tools or test equipment.
The MEL maintenance procedures are published in the AMM. The MEL item number
should be used to find the associated AMM task.
Note: 1. The MEL item indicates the associated AMM task reference. However
using the AMM task reference is not the recommended method to find the
task in the AMM. The MEL item number should be used instead.
2. The MEL item might indicate “Refer to AMM task” instead of the AMM task
reference. This indicates that the MEL item is associated with several AMM
tasks. The maintenance personnel should consult the AMM to find the
applicable AMM task.
7) “Day Operation” – Any flight conducted from the point of take off to that of landing
between 30 minutes before sunrise and 30 minutes after sunset.
8) “Days” – Some items have a time interval given in the remarks column of the MEL.
Except if otherwise specified, “days” must be considered as “calendar days”
excluding the calendar day the malfunction was recorded.
9) “Deactivated” and “Secured” means that the specified component must be into an
acceptable condition for safe flight.
10) “EDTO” refers to operations according to “Extended Diversion Time Operation”
requirements.
11) “Excess Items” means those items that have been installed that are redundant to
the requirements of Regulation.
12) “Extended Overwater Operation” means any flight conducted over 50 nautical mile
distance from the nearest coast.
during which at least one flight is initiated for the affected aircraft.
17) “Icing Conditions” means an atmospheric environment that may cause ice to form
on the airplane or powerplant.
18) “Inoperative” means that a listed item of equipment is unserviceable or
malfunctioning to the extent that it does not accomplish its intended purpose, or is
not consistently functioning within its designed operating limits or tolerances. Some
systems have been designed to be fault tolerant and are monitored by digital
computers which transmit fault messages to the CFDS. The presence of this
category of fault messages does not mean that the system is inoperative.
The expression "areas in which search and rescue would be especially difficult"
should be interpreted, in this context, as meaning:
1. Areas so designated by the Authority responsible for managing search and
rescue, or
2. Areas that are largely uninhabited and where:
‐ The Authority referred to in 1 has not published any information to confirm
whether search and rescue would be or would not be specially difficult, and
‐ The Authority referred to in 1 does not, as a matter of policy, designate areas as
being especially difficult for search and rescue.
27) “Required Cabin Attendant Seat” means a seat required to be occupied by a cabin
attendant during critical phases of flight. This cabin attendant is required by the
regulations to be part of the cabin crew and to be assigned to a station for the
intended flight.
28) Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS) indicates the identity of faulty system for
maintenance purpose and is not required for dispatch of the aircraft.
29) “Verified” means that a visual inspection or test is required to confirm unit or system
operation or condition, as applicable.
30) “VFR Flight Condition” – Atmospheric conditions for the area of flight and does not
pertain to the dispatch release, flight plan or clearance.
31) “VMC (Visual Meteorological Conditions)” - Means that the atmospheric
environment would allow a flight to proceed under the Visual Flight Rules (VFR) and
that the flight is conducted during the period from sunrise to sunset. This does not
preclude operating under Instrument Flight Rules (IFR)..
32) “EDTO beyond 180 min is not conducted' means that EDTO flight is permitted up
to 180 min and including EDTO 180 min.
33) “X and later on” means that it is applicable to aircraft which registration numbers
are later than X.
34) “Radio Navaids” means that Radio Navaids do not include GPS
This section lists all the ECAM alerts. The ECAM monitors the condition of some systems. In the
case of malfunction of one or more systems, the ECAM provides the flight crew with an associated
ECAM alert.
For each ECAM alert, this section indicates the associated MEL item (if any) to be applied for the
dispatch.
When an ECAM alert reports a system failure, the flight crew and the maintenance personnel should
refer to this section as a user-friendly entry point in the MEL .
The CONDITION OF DISPATCH column may also give the following alternate possibilities:
NO DISPATCH : It is not permitted to dispatch the aircraft when the ECAM displays this
alert.
Not related to MEL : The ECAM alert does not report a system failure but a reversible
abnormal condition such as the state of a system or an aircraft
configuration or an external condition. This condition is not a system failure
and is not related to MEL . The MEL shall not be used.
This is not a NO-GO situation. The corrective action to revert to normal
condition is immediate, obvious or well known by flight crew and/or
maintenance personnel.
When the landing capability of the aircraft is impacted by an inoperative item, the associated MEL
operational procedure provides the maximum landing capability.
The required equipment by certification for CAT 2, CAT 3 SINGLE and CAT 3 DUAL are also listed in
the Flight Manual (Refer to AFM/NORM-22-PA Required Equipment for CAT II and CAT III Approach
and Landing) and the QRH (Refer to QRH/OPS Required Equipment for CAT2 and CAT3).
The equipment to be operative to get CAT 2, CAT 3 SINGLE, or CAT 3 DUAL capability displayed on
the FMAs are listed in the QRH (Refer to QRH/OPS Required Equipment for CAT2 and CAT3).
When the RVSM capability of the aircraft is impacted by an inoperative item, the associated MEL
operational procedure provides the RVSM limitations.
The minimum equipment/functions required to begin RVSM operations are listed in the Flight Manual
(Refer to AFM/NORM-34 Reduced Vertical Separation Minimum (RVSM)) and FCOM (Refer to
FCOM/PRO-SPO-50 REQUIRED EQUIPMENT/FUNCTIONS FOR RVSM).
When an inoperative item affects the performance and operations supported by datalink, the
associated MEL operational procedure provides this limitation.
AAR A330 FLEET 1-01-00 P 3/4
MEL 05APR19
ECAM MESSAGE INTRODUCTION
The difference applications and required performance of ATC datalink communication are described
in FCOM :
- Refer to FCOM/DSC-46-10-Datalink-10-Overview
- Refer to FCOM/PRO-SPO-52-PBCS
ABBREVIATIONS
Applicable to: ALL
A
Abbreviation Term
A/THR Autothrust
AAP Additional Attendant Panel
AC Alternating Current
AAT Aircraft Allocation Table
ACARS ARINC Communication Addressing and Reporting System
ACFT Aircraft
ACP Audio Control Panel
ACT Additional Center Tank
ADF Automatic Direction Finder
ADS-C Automatic Dependent Surveillance Contract
ADIRS Air Data Inertial Reference System
ADIRU Air Data Inertial Reference Unit
ADR Air Data Reference
AEVC Avionic Equipment Ventilation Controller
AFM Airplane Flight Manual
AGL Above Ground Level
AIP Attendant Information Panel
ALT Altitude
ALTN Alternate
AMM Aircraft Maintenance Manual
AOA Angle of Attack
AP Autopilot
APU Auxiliary Power Unit
ATA Air Transport Association
ATC Air Traffic Control
ATSU Air Traffic Service Unit
AUTO Automatic
B
Abbreviation Term
B/UP Backup
BAT Battery
BCL Battery Charge Limiter
BMC Bleed Air Monitoring Computer
BRT Bright
BSCU Braking Steering Control Unit
BYDU Back Yaw Damper Unit
Abbreviation Term
CAM Cabin Assignment Module
CAPT Captain
CAT Category
CBMU Circuit Breaker Monitoring Unit
CDL Configuration Deviation List
CDLS Cockpit Door Locking System
CDSS Cockpit Door Surveillance System
CED Cooling Effect Detector
CELLI Ceiling Emergency LED Lights
CG Center of Gravity
CIDS Cabin Intercommunication Data System
CIU Camera Interface Unit
CMC Central Maintenance Computer
CMS Central Maintenance System
CONF Configuration
CPC Cabin Pressure Controller
CPDLC Controller-Pilot Data Link Communication
CRC Continuous Repetitive Chime
CVR Cockpit Voice Recorder
D
Abbreviation Term
D-ATIS Digital - Automatic Terminal Information Service
DC Direct Current
DCL Departure Clearance
DCDU Datalink Control and Display Unit
DDRMI Digital Distance and Radio Magnetic Indicator
DDV Direct Drive Valve
DEU Decoder / Encoder Unit
DFDR Digital Flight Data Recorder
DH Decision Height
DLRB Data Loading Routing Box
DMC Display Management Computer
DME Distance Measuring Equipment
DMU Data Management Unit
DOLLI Dome Emergency LED Light
DPI Differential Pressure Indicator
DU Display Unit
E
Abbreviation Term
EASA European Aviation Safety Agency
EBCU Emergency Braking Control Unit
ECAM Electronic Centralized Aircraft Monitoring
Abbreviation Term
ECAS Emergency Cockpit Alerting System
ECMU Electrical Control and Management Unit
ECP ECAM Control Panel
ECS Environmental Control System
EDP Engine Driven Pump
EEC Engine Electronic Controller
EFB Electronic Flight Bag
EFCS Electronic Flight Control System
EFIS Electronic Flight Instrument System
EGT Exhaust Gas Temperature
EHS Enhanced Surveillance System
EIVMU Engine Interface and Vibration Monitoring Unit
ELMU Electrical Load Management Unit
ELT Emergency Locator Transmitter
EPR Engine Pressure Ratio
ESS Essential
EDTO Extended Diversion Time Operation
EWD Engine Warning Display
EWDU Engine Warning Display Unit
F
Abbreviation Term
F/O First Officer
FADEC Full Authority Digital Engine Control
FANS Future Air Navigation System
FAP Flight/Forward Attendant Panel
FCDC Flight Control Data Concentrator
FCMC Fuel Control and Management Computer
FCOM Flight Crew Operating Manual
FCU Flight Control Unit
FD Flight Director
FDIU Flight Data Interface Unit
FDIMU Flight Data Interface and Management Unit
FDU Fire Detection Unit
FE Flight Envelope
FL Flight Level
FLS FMS Landing System
FM Flight Management
FMA Flight Mode Annunciator
FMGEC Flight Management Guidance Envelope Computer
FMS Flight Management System
FOB Fuel on Board
FPEEPMS Floor-Proximity Emergency-Escape Path-Marking System
F-PLN Flight Plan
Abbreviation Term
FQ Fuel Quantity
FQI Fuel Quantity Indication
FSN Fleet Serial Number
FWC Flight Warning Computer
FWD Forward
G
Abbreviation Term
G/S Glide Slope
GAPCU Ground and Auxiliary Power Control Unit
GCU Generator Control Unit
GEN Generator
GLS GNSS Landing System
GNSS Global Navigation Satellite System
GPCU Ground Power Control Unit
GPS Global Positioning System
GPWS Ground Proximity Warning System
GW Gross Weight
GWCG Gross Weight Center of Gravity
H
Abbreviation Term
HCU Hydraulic Control Unit
HF High Frequency
HP High Pressure
HPTCC High Pressure Turbine Case Cooling
HSMU Hydraulic System Monitoring Unit
I
Abbreviation Term
IAS Indicated Airspeed
IDG Integrated Drive Generator
IFE In Flight Entertainment
IFEC In-Flight Entertainment Center
IFR Instrument Flight Rules
ILS Instrument Landing System
IP Intermediate Pressure
IR Inertial Reference
IRS Inertial Reference System
ISA International Standard Atmosphere
ISDU Inertial Sensor Display Unit
ISIS Integrated Standby Instrument System
J
Abbreviation Term
JAA Joint Aviation Authorities
JFGW Jettison Final Gross Weight
L
Abbreviation Term
L/G Landing Gear
LD Lower Deck
LDCC Lower Deck Cargo Compartment
LDF Lower Deck Facilities
LDS Lower Deck Stowage
LED Light Emitting Diode
LEDU List of Effective Documentary Units
LESS List of Effective Sections/Subsections
LGCIU Landing Gear Control Interface Unit
LIB Loudspeaker and Indicator Box
LOC Localizer
LOM List of Modifications
LP Low Pressure
LPC Less Paper in the Cockpit
LPCB LPC Browser
LPTCC Low Pressure Turbine Case Cooling
LS Landing System
LW Landing Weight
M
Abbreviation Term
MAC Mean Aerodynamic Chord
MAN Manual
MCDU Multipurpose Control and Display Unit
MDCC Main Deck Cargo Compartment
MDCD Main Deck Cargo Door
MEL Minimum Equipment List
MES Main Engine Start
MLG Main Landing Gear
MLS Microwave Landing System
MLW Maximum Landing Weight
MMEL Master Minimum Equipment List
MMO Maximum Operating Mach
MMR Multi Mode Receiver
MNPS Minimum Navigation Performance Specification
MOD Modification
MSN Manufacturer Serial Number
MTOW Maximum Takeoff Weight
AAR A330 FLEET 1-02-00 P 5/8
MEL 30OCT19
INTRODUCTION
Abbreviation Term
MZFW Maximum Zero Fuel Weight
N
Abbreviation Term
NAV Navigation
NBPT No Break Power Transfer
ND Navigation Display
NDU Navigation Display Unit
NLG Nose Landing Gear
NWS Nose Wheel Steering
O
Abbreviation Term
OAT Outside Air Temperature
OCL Oceanic Clearance
P
Abbreviation Term
P/N Part Number
PAX Passenger
PBCS Performance-Based Communication and Surveillance
PDF Portable Document Format
PF Pilot Flying
PFD Primary Flight Display
PFDU Primary Flight Display Unit
PHC Probes Heat Computer
PLP Primary Load Path
PM Pilot Monitoring
PRIM Flight Control Primary Computer (FCPC)
PSCU Proximity Switch Control Unit
PSL Product Structure Level
PVI Paravisual Indicator
Q
Abbreviation Term
QNH Sea Level Atmospheric Pressure
QRH Quick Reference Handbook
R
Abbreviation Term
RA Radio Altitude
RAT Ram Air Turbine
Abbreviation Term
RCP Required Communication Performance
RCT Rear Center Tank
RCVR Receiver
RH Right Hand
RMP Radio Management Panel
RNP Required Navigation Performance
RSP Required Surveillance Performance
RTO Rejected Takeoff
RTOW Rejected Takeoff Weight
RVSM Reduced Vertical Separation Minimum
S
Abbreviation Term
SAT Static Air Temperature
SATCOM Satellite Communication
SB Service Bulletin
SD System Display
SDAC System Data Acquisition Concentrator
SDU System Display Unit
SEC Flight Control Secondary Computer (FCSC)
SFCC Slat/Flap Control Computer
SLP Secondary Load Path
SOH Summary of Highlights
SPD Speed
SRPSU Slide Release Power Supply Unit
STBY Standby
T
Abbreviation Term
TAT Total Air Temperature
TAWS Terrain Awareness and Warning System
TCAS Traffic Alert and Collision Avoidance System
THS Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer
TOGA Takeoff/Go Around
TOW Takeoff Weight
TPIC Tire Pressure Indicating Computer
TSM Trouble Shooting Manual
TR Transformer Rectifier Unit
U
Abbreviation Term
UTC Universal Coordinated Time
Abbreviation Term
V1 Critical Engine Failure Speed
V2 Takeoff Safety Speed
VAC Voltage Alternating Current
VAPP Approach Speed
VCC Video Control Center
VFE Maximum Speed for each Flap Configuration
VFR Visual Flight Rules
VHF Very High Frequency
VLE Max Landing Gear Extended Speed
VMC Visual Meteorological Conditions
VMCA Minimum Control Speed in Flight
VMCG Minimum Control Speed on Ground
VMO Maximum Operating Speed
VMU Minimum Unstick Speed
VOR VHF Omnidirectional Range
VR Rotation Speed
VS Reference Stalling Speed
W
Abbreviation Term
W Weight
WBS Weight and Balance System
WTB Wing Tip Brake
WV Weight Variant
X
Abbreviation Term
XML Extensible Mark-up Language
Z
Abbreviation Term
ZFCG Zero Fuel Center of Gravity
ZFW Zero Fuel Weight
ZFWCG Zero Fuel Weight Center of Gravity
Zp Pressure Altitude
AFTER
REV MESSAGE STATUS MEL ITEM
DOOR CLOSE
AIR HOT AIR SYS 1(2) FAULT NIL 21-63-03A RAMP RETURN
AFTER
REV MESSAGE STATUS MEL ITEM
DOOR CLOSE
CAB PR FWD(AFT) OFV NOT
NIL NO DISPATCH RAMP RETURN
OPEN
CAB PR LDG ELEV FAULT NIL 21-31-04A CREW DEFER
AFTER
REV MESSAGE STATUS MEL ITEM
DOOR CLOSE
If the PACK REG indication is
displayed on the COND SD 21-63-01A CREW DEFER
page
COND ZONE REGUL FAULT
If the PACK REG indication is 21-63-03A RAMP RETURN
not displayed on the COND SD
page 21-63-03B RAMP RETURN
AFTER
REV MESSAGE STATUS MEL ITEM
DOOR CLOSE
AUTO FLT REAC W/S DET FAULT NIL 22-60-01A CREW DEFER
R COM SATCOM FAULT NOTE : BOTH MEL ITEM 23-20-02A CREW DEFER
23-10-03 AND 23-20-02
SHOULD BE APPLIED 23-20-02B CREW DEFER
AFTER
REV MESSAGE STATUS MEL ITEM
DOOR CLOSE
If a hand microphone selector is
jammed in the transmitting 23-51-03A CREW DEFER
position
If a sidestick PTT sw is jammed
COM VHF 1(2)(3) EMITTING 23-51-05A RAMP RETURN
in the transmitting position
AFTER
REV MESSAGE STATUS MEL ITEM
DOOR CLOSE
Refer to affected
ELEC C/B TRIPPED NIL CREW DEFER
systems
AFTER
REV MESSAGE STATUS MEL ITEM
DOOR CLOSE
AFTER
REV MESSAGE STATUS MEL ITEM
DOOR CLOSE
AFTER
REV MESSAGE STATUS MEL ITEM
DOOR CLOSE
AFTER
REV MESSAGE STATUS MEL ITEM
DOOR CLOSE
AFTER
REV MESSAGE STATUS MEL ITEM
DOOR CLOSE
AFTER
REV MESSAGE STATUS MEL ITEM
DOOR CLOSE
FUEL ENG 1(2) LP VALVE
NIL NO DISPATCH RAMP RETURN
FAULT
Actual alert Not applicable -
FUEL EXCESS AFT CG
False alert 28-09-01A RAMP RETURN
Apply ECAM
Actual alert CREW DEFER
Procedure
Apply ECAM
Actual alert CREW DEFER
FUEL L(R) INNER TK HI TEMP Procedure
AFTER
REV MESSAGE STATUS MEL ITEM
DOOR CLOSE
TR
FUEL L+R WING TK LO LVL NIL NO DISPATCH RAMP RETURN
Apply ECAM
FUEL NO WEIGHT/CG DATA NIL CREW DEFER
TO
Procedure
R
28-21-01A RAMP RETURN
AFTER
REV MESSAGE STATUS MEL ITEM
DOOR CLOSE
TR
inoperative, and trim line not
damaged 28-27-03B RAMP RETURN
Auxiliary forward transfer valve
inoperative, and trim line not 28-27-04A RAMP RETURN
damaged
TO
APU isolation valve inoperative,
28-29-01A RAMP RETURN
and trim line not damaged
R
FE False alert 28-09-02A RAMP RETURN
RAMP RETURN
AFTER
REV MESSAGE STATUS MEL ITEM
DOOR CLOSE
TR
HYD B+Y SYS LO PR
False alert 29-09-07A RAMP RETURN
TO
ms. HYD G ENG 1(2) PUMP LO Actual alert NO DISPATCH RAMP RETURN
PR False alert 29-09-03A RAMP RETURN
R
RAMP RETURN
CREW DEFER
AFTER
REV MESSAGE STATUS MEL ITEM
DOOR CLOSE
TR
Actual alert 29-20-04A CREW DEFER
HYD Y ELEC PUMP FAULT
False alert 29-09-01A CREW DEFER
TO
HYD Y ENG 2 PUMP LO PR
False alert 29-09-02A RAMP RETURN
R
Actual alert NO DISPATCH RAMP RETURN
AFTER
REV MESSAGE STATUS MEL ITEM
DOOR CLOSE
TR
A.ICE CAPT+STBY PITOT HEAT NIL NO DISPATCH RAMP RETURN
TO
A.ICE ENG 1(2) VALVE CLOSED NIL 30-21-01C RAMP RETURN
R
A.ICE F/O AOA HEAT NIL 30-31-04B RAMP RETURN
AFTER
REV MESSAGE STATUS MEL ITEM
DOOR CLOSE
TR
30-31-03D RAMP RETURN
A.ICE L(R) INR(OUTR) WING HI
NIL 30-11-01A RAMP RETURN
PR
TO
NIL
PR 30-11-01B RAMP RETURN
R
30-31-03A CREW DEFER
30-31-03B
A.ICE L(R) STBY STAT HEAT
FENIL
RAMP RETURN
AFTER
REV MESSAGE STATUS MEL ITEM
DOOR CLOSE
TR
A.ICE WING OPEN ON GND NIL
30-11-01B RAMP RETURN
TO
SEVERE ICE DETECTED NIL Not related to MEL -
R
EIS DMC 2 FAULT NIL 31-62-03A CREW DEFER
NIL 31-56-01A CREW DEFER
FWS ECP FAULT
FENOTE : BOTH MEL ITEM
31-56-01 AND 31-56-07 31-56-07A CREW DEFER
SHOULD BE APPLIED
FWS FWC 1 FAULT NIL NO DISPATCH RAMP RETURN
RE
RAMP RETURN
R BRAKES AUTO BRK FAULT If the autobrake function is 32-42-02A RAMP RETURN
affected 32-42-02B RAMP RETURN
AFTER
REV MESSAGE STATUS MEL ITEM
DOOR CLOSE
TR
BRAKES HOT NIL NO DISPATCH RAMP RETURN
If associated with the BRK
PRESS STILL APPLIED NO DISPATCH RAMP RETURN
BRAKES PARK BRK FAULT subtitle
TO
Apply ECAM
If there is no subtitle CREW DEFER
Procedure
R
FE 32-42-01A RAMP RETURN
Actual alert
BRAKES RESIDUAL BRAKING 32-42-01B RAMP RETURN
AFTER
REV MESSAGE STATUS MEL ITEM
DOOR CLOSE
TR
WHEEL HYD SEL VALVE NIL NO DISPATCH RAMP RETURN
WHEEL N/W STRG FAULT deactivation box is failed 32-51-03B RAMP RETURN
TO
In the other cases NO DISPATCH RAMP RETURN
R
32-09-01B RAMP RETURN
AFTER
REV MESSAGE STATUS MEL ITEM
DOOR CLOSE
TR
NAV EXTREME LATITUDE NIL Not related to MEL -
TO
34-50-08B CREW DEFER
NAV GPS 1(2) FAULT NIL
34-50-08D CREW DEFER
R
34-40-01B RAMP RETURN
AFTER
REV MESSAGE STATUS MEL ITEM
DOOR CLOSE
TR
NAV PRED W/S DET FAULT NIL
34-40-07B CREW DEFER
During the previous flight, both
Ras disagreed. If the RA 1(2) is
confirmed faulty by
NAV RA DEGRADED 34-40-04A RAMP RETURN
troubleshooting, the radio
TO
altimeter 1(2) must be
considered inoperative
NAV RA 1(2) FAULT NIL 34-40-04A RAMP RETURN
R
NAV TCAS FAULT FE NIL 34-40-05A RAMP RETURN
R NIL
APU LEAK FED B Y ENG 36-09-02B RAMP RETURN
LI
RAMP RETURN
AFTER
REV MESSAGE STATUS MEL ITEM
DOOR CLOSE
TR
AIR ENG 1(2) BLEED NOT CLSD NIL 36-11-02A RAMP RETURN
TO
AIR ENG 1(2) HPV NOT OPEN NIL
36-11-07C CREW DEFER
AIR L(R) WING LEAK DET FAULT NIL NO DISPATCH RAMP RETURN
If the automatic control of the
R
36-12-04A CREW DEFER
crossbleed valve is affected
R AIR X BLEED FAULT
If the manual control of the
36-12-05A
FE crossbleed valve is affected
CREW DEFER
AFTER
REV MESSAGE STATUS MEL ITEM
DOOR CLOSE
TR
52-71-03A RAMP RETURN
TO
52-71-03A RAMP RETURN
R
DOOR POS DET 1(2)(1+2) FAULT NIL 52-71-01A RAMP RETURN
Apply ECAM
ENG SAT ABOVE FLEX TEMP NIL CREW DEFER
Procedure
Apply ECAM
ENG START FAULT NIL
-
CREW DEFER
Procedure
-
ENG THRUST LOCKED
False alert 73-09-06A CREW DEFER
VA
AFTER
REV MESSAGE STATUS MEL ITEM
DOOR CLOSE
TR
ENG 1(2) CLT SYS FAULT NIL NO DISPATCH RAMP RETURN
TO
ENG 1(2) CTL VALVE FAULT
NIL 75-24-02A RAMP RETURN
LPTCC VALVE OPEN
R
NIL Not related to MEL -
DURING AIR START
AFTER
REV MESSAGE STATUS MEL ITEM
DOOR CLOSE
TR
ENG 1(2) N1/N2 OVERLIMIT NIL Not related to MEL -
TO
ENG 1(2) OIL HI TEMP NIL NO DISPATCH RAMP RETURN
Apply ECAM
ENG 1(2) OIL LO TEMP NIL CREW DEFER
Procedure
R
ENG 1(2) REV FAULT NIL 78-30-02A RAMP RETURN
ENG 1(2) THR LEVER ABV IDLE NIL Not related to MEL -
VA
AFTER
REV MESSAGE STATUS MEL ITEM
DOOR CLOSE
Apply ECAM
FUEL NO WEIGHT/CG DATA NIL CREW DEFER
Procedure
AFTER
REV MESSAGE STATUS MEL ITEM
DOOR CLOSE
AFTER
REV MESSAGE STATUS MEL ITEM
DOOR CLOSE
ms. HYD G ENG 1(2) PUMP LO Actual alert NO DISPATCH RAMP RETURN
PR False alert 29-09-03A RAMP RETURN
AFTER
REV MESSAGE STATUS MEL ITEM
DOOR CLOSE
AFTER
REV MESSAGE STATUS MEL ITEM
DOOR CLOSE
AFTER
REV MESSAGE STATUS MEL ITEM
DOOR CLOSE
AFTER
REV MESSAGE STATUS MEL ITEM
DOOR CLOSE
AFTER
REV MESSAGE STATUS MEL ITEM
DOOR CLOSE
Apply ECAM
If there is no subtitle CREW DEFER
Procedure
AFTER
REV MESSAGE STATUS MEL ITEM
DOOR CLOSE
AFTER
REV MESSAGE STATUS MEL ITEM
DOOR CLOSE
AFTER
REV MESSAGE STATUS MEL ITEM
DOOR CLOSE
During the previous flight, both
Ras disagreed. If the RA 1(2) is
confirmed faulty by
NAV RA DEGRADED 34-40-04A RAMP RETURN
troubleshooting, the radio
altimeter 1(2) must be
considered inoperative
NAV RA 1(2) FAULT NIL 34-40-04A RAMP RETURN
AIR ENG 1(2) BLEED NOT CLSD NIL 36-11-02A RAMP RETURN
AFTER
REV MESSAGE STATUS MEL ITEM
DOOR CLOSE
AIR L(R) WING LEAK DET FAULT NIL NO DISPATCH RAMP RETURN
If the automatic control of the
36-12-04A CREW DEFER
crossbleed valve is affected
R AIR X BLEED FAULT
If the manual control of the
36-12-05A CREW DEFER
crossbleed valve is affected
46-21-04A CREW DEFER
DATALINK ATC FAULT NIL
46-21-04B CREW DEFER
AFTER
REV MESSAGE STATUS MEL ITEM
DOOR CLOSE
Apply ECAM
ENG SAT ABOVE FLEX TEMP NIL CREW DEFER
Procedure
Apply ECAM
ENG START FAULT NIL CREW DEFER
Procedure
AFTER
REV MESSAGE STATUS MEL ITEM
DOOR CLOSE
AFTER
REV MESSAGE STATUS MEL ITEM
DOOR CLOSE
Apply ECAM
ENG 1(2) OIL LO TEMP NIL CREW DEFER
Procedure
ENG 1(2) THR LEVER ABV IDLE NIL Not related to MEL -
21-01-02-01A CABIN PRESS MODE SEL pb-sw FAULT light CREW DEFER
22-81-02-02A Baro Reference selector Outer Ring (in Hg/hPa) CREW DEFER
BAT 1(2) pb-sw FAULT light and APU BAT pb-sw CREW DEFER
24-01-01-01A
FAULT light
BAT 1(2) pb-sw OFF light and APU BAT pb-sw CREW DEFER
24-01-01-02A
OFF light
GEN pb-sw FAULT light and APU GEN pb-sw CREW DEFER
24-01-01-03A
FAULT light
GEN pb-sw OFF light and APU GEN pb-sw OFF CREW DEFER
24-01-01-04A
light
24-01-01-05A AC ESS FEED pb-sw FAULT light CREW DEFER
Passenger Seat Meal Table - Meal table not stowed CREW DEFER
N 25-20-07B
and affected seats considered inoperative
Passenger Seat Meal Table - Meal table not stowed RAMP RETURN
N 25-20-07C
and affected cabin door considered inoperative
Cabin Attendant - Non-required cabin attendant RAMP RETURN
R 25-20-08A
seat
Cabin Attendant - Required cabin attendant seat RAMP RETURN
R 25-20-08B inoperative using a non-required cabin attendant
seat
Cabin Attendant - Required cabin attendant seat RAMP RETURN
R 25-20-08C inoperative using a passenger seat
25-35-01A Galley Waste Compartment Flapper Door RAMP RETURN
26-13-01D APU Fire Detection Loop - Both Loops inoperative CREW DEFER
Inner Tank Main Pump - Inner Tank Main Pump - RAMP RETURN
Inoperative main pump or associated main pump
28-21-01E (same collector cell) is P/N 568-1-28300-101 or
568-1-28300-103 or 568-1-28300-200 and no
additional fuel is uplifted.
28-21-01A Inner Tank Main Pump - L2 or R2 inoperative RAMP RETURN
29-01-04A G(B)(Y) ENG Driven Pump pb-sw FAULT light CREW DEFER
29-01-05A G(B)(Y) ENG Driven Pump pb-sw OFF light CREW DEFER
31-05-12A Other Air Data Related Indications on the PFD CREW DEFER
32-48-01A Brake Fan System - Brake Fan System not used CREW DEFER
32-61-02A DOWN Red Arrow light on the Landing Gear lever RAMP RETURN
34-50-03A ADF - Two ADFs installed and ADF 1 inoperative CREW DEFER
34-50-03B ADF - Two ADFs installed and ADF 2 inoperative CREW DEFER
36-11-01B Engine Bleed Air Supply System - EDTO 180 min RAMP RETURN
52-10-03A Cabin Exit Stop Fitting - Non pressurized flight CREW DEFER
52-30-01A Lower Deck Cargo Door (FWD, AFT and BULK) RAMP RETURN
MEL ITEMS
ATA 23 Communications
Rev ITEM SUBJECT PAGE
23-01-01-01 CVR TEST pb 2-23-01-01 P1
23-01-01-02 CVR ERASE pb 2-23-01-01 P1
23-01-01-03 CVR Headset and Boomset jacks 2-23-01-01 P1
23-01-01-04 CVR test result indicator 2-23-01-01 P1
23-01-02-31 CALLS MECH pb 2-23-01-02 P1
23-01-02-32 CALLS ALL pb 2-23-01-02 P1
23-01-02-33 CALLS EMER pb 2-23-01-02 P1
CALLS FWD pb, CALLS MID pb, CALLS AFT pb,
23-01-02-34 2-23-01-02 P2
CALLS EXIT pb
23-01-02-35 CALLS PURS pb 2-23-01-02 P2
23-01-04-01 GND HF DATALINK pb-sw 2-23-01-04 P1
23-01-04-02 GND HF DATALINK pb-sw OVRD LIGHT 2-23-01-04 P1
23-10-01 HF Voice 2-23-10 P1
23-10-02 VHF Voice 2-23-10 P2
23-10-03 SATCOM Voice Mode 2-23-10 P2
R 23-20-02 SATCOM Data Mode 2-23-20 P1
23-20-03 HF Datalink 2-23-20 P2
R 23-20-04 VHF Datalink 2-23-20 P2
23-40-01 Ground External Horn 2-23-40 P1
23-40-02 Flight Crew Interphone System 2-23-40 P1
23-40-03 Flight Crew to Ground Communication System 2-23-40 P2
R 23-40-04 Service Interphone Jack 2-23-40 P3
COCKPIT CALL pb on the Ground Power
23-40-05 2-23-40 P4
Receptacle
23-51-01 SELCAL Function 2-23-51 P1
R 23-51-02 Headset/Boomset 2-23-51 P1
23-51-03 Hand Microphone 2-23-51 P2
23-51-04 Cockpit Loudspeaker 2-23-51 P3
23-51-05 Sidestick PTT sw 2-23-51 P4
23-52-01 CAPT and F/O ACP 2-23-52 P1
23-52-02 ACP 3 2-23-52 P1
23-52-05 ACP Transmission Key 2-23-52 P2
23-52-06 ACP Reception knob 2-23-52 P2
23-52-07 ACP Reception knob light 2-23-52 P2
23-53-01 AUDIO SWITCHING selector 2-23-53 P1
23-71-01 Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR) 2-23-71 P1
Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS)
23-73-01-01 2-23-73-01 P1
Function
23-73-02-01 Cabin DEU A 2-23-73-02 P1
23-73-02-02 Lavatory DEU A 2-23-73-02 P2
23-73-03-01 Cabin DEU B 2-23-73-03 P1
23-73-04-01 Lavatory Call 2-23-73-04 P1
ATA 23 Communications
Rev ITEM SUBJECT PAGE
R 23-73-04-02 Passenger Call 2-23-73-04 P2
R 23-73-05-01 Cabin Loudspeaker 2-23-73-05 P1
23-73-05-02 Lavatory Loudspeaker 2-23-73-05 P2
23-73-06-01 Cockpit Handset 2-23-73-06 P1
23-73-06-02 Cabin Handset 2-23-73-06 P2
Prerecorded Announcement and Music
R 23-73-07-01 2-23-73-07 P1
Reproducer (PRAM)
23-73-08-01 Cabin Assignment Module (CAM) 2-23-73-08 P1
23-74-01 FAP Display Unit 2-23-74 P1
23-74-02 EMER pb on the Hardkey FAP Sub-panel 2-23-74 P1
23-74-03 Other Controls on the Hardkey FAP Sub-panel 2-23-74 P2
CHECK DOOR PRESSURE message on the
23-74-04 2-23-74 P2
FAP
23-74-05 CHECK SLIDE PRESSURE message on the FAP 2-23-74 P3
23-74-07 Area Call Panel 2-23-74 P3
23-74-08 Attendant Indication Panel (AIP) 2-23-74 P4
23-74-09 Additional Attendant Panel (AAP) 2-23-74 P4
23-81-01 Radio Management Panel (RMP) 2-23-81 P1
23-81-02 RMP Selection Key 2-23-81 P2
Rev : A=Added, R=Revised, D=Deleted
ATA 28 Fuel
Rev ITEM SUBJECT PAGE
Inner Tank L(R) Main/STBY Pump pb-sw FAULT
28-01-01-01 2-28-01-01 P1
light
Inner Tank L(R) Main/STBY Pump pb-sw OFF
28-01-01-02 2-28-01-01 P1
light
28-01-01-03 INR TK SPLIT L(R) pb-sw SHUT light 2-28-01-01 P2
28-01-01-04 INR TK SPLIT L(R) pb-sw ON light 2-28-01-01 P2
28-01-02-01 OUTR TK XFR pb-sw FAULT light 2-28-01-02 P1
28-01-02-02 OUTR TK XFR pb-sw ON light 2-28-01-02 P2
28-01-03-01 X FEED pb-sw OPEN light 2-28-01-03 P1
28-01-03-02 X FEED pb-sw ON light 2-28-01-03 P2
28-01-04-01 T TANK MODE pb-sw FAULT light 2-28-01-04 P1
28-01-04-02 T TANK MODE pb-sw FWD light 2-28-01-04 P2
28-07-01-01 Fuel Used Indication on the CRUISE SD page 2-28-07-01 P1
28-07-02-01 Fuel Used Indication on the FUEL SD page 2-28-07-02 P1
Fuel On Board (FOB) Indication on the FUEL SD
28-07-02-02 2-28-07-02 P2
page
Fuel Quantity Indication (FQI) in Degraded Mode
28-07-02-03 2-28-07-02 P3
on the FUEL SD page
28-07-02-04 Collector Cell Indication on the FUEL SD page 2-28-07-02 P9
Inner Tank Fuel Quantity Indication on the FUEL 2-28-07-02 P10
28-07-02-05
SD page 2-28-07-02 P12
Outer Tank Fuel Quantity Indication on the FUEL
28-07-02-06 2-28-07-02 P14
SD page
Trim Tank Fuel Quantity Indication on the FUEL
28-07-02-07 2-28-07-02 P16
SD page
Inner Tank Fuel Temperature Indication on the
28-07-03-01 2-28-07-03 P1
FUEL SD page
Left Outer Tank Fuel Temperature Indication on
28-07-03-02 2-28-07-03 P2
the FUEL SD page
Trim Tank Fuel Temperature Indication on the
28-07-03-03 2-28-07-03 P3
FUEL SD page
Inner Tank Pump Indication on the FUEL SD
28-07-04-01 2-28-07-04 P1
page
APU LP Fuel Valve Indication on the FUEL SD
28-07-05-01 2-28-07-05 P1
page
28-07-05-02 X Feed Indication on the FUEL SD page 2-28-07-05 P1
Engine LP Fuel Valve Indication on the FUEL SD
28-07-05-03 2-28-07-05 P2
page
28-07-05-04 Transfer Valve Indication on the FUEL SD page 2-28-07-05 P2
28-08-01 Fuel On Board (FOB) Indication on the EWD 2-28-08 P1
28-09-01 FUEL EXCESS AFT CG Alert 2-28-09 P1
28-09-02 FUEL WING TK OVERFLOW Alert 2-28-09 P2
28-09-03 FUEL L(R) WING TK LO LVL Alert 2-28-09 P2
AAR A330 FLEET 2-00-00 P 15/36
MEL 30OCT19
MEL INDEX
ATA 28 Fuel
Rev ITEM SUBJECT PAGE
28-11-01 Emergency Inner Tank Isolation Valve 2-28-11 P1
28-12-01 Overpressure Protector in the Wing Surge Tanks 2-28-12 P1
28-12-03 Overpressure Protector in the Trim Surge Tank 2-28-12 P2
28-21-01 Inner Tank Main Pump 2-28-21 P1
28-21-02 Inner Tank Standby Pump 2-28-21 P2
28-22-01 Aft APU Fuel Pump 2-28-22 P1
28-23-01 Crossfeed Valve 2-28-23 P1
28-24-01 Engine LP Fuel Valve 2-28-24 P1
28-25-01 LOAD Fuel Preselector 2-28-25 P1
28-25-02 Fuel Quantity on the Refueling Control Panel 2-28-25 P1
Other Controls and Indicators on the Refueling
28-25-03 2-28-25 P2
Control Panel
28-25-04 Inner Tank Inlet Valve 2-28-25 P3
28-25-05 Outer Tank Inlet Valve 2-28-25 P4
28-25-06 Trim Tank Inlet Valve 2-28-25 P6
R 28-25-07 Refuel Isolation Valve 2-28-25 P7
28-25-08 Refueling Coupling Check Valves 2-28-25 P8
28-26-01 Outer to Inner Transfer Valve 2-28-26 P1
28-27-01 Trim Tank Isolation Valve 2-28-27 P1
28-27-02 Aft Transfer Valve 2-28-27 P2
28-27-03 Trim Pipe Isolation Valve 2-28-27 P3
28-27-04 Auxiliary Forward Transfer Valve 2-28-27 P5
28-27-05 Trim Tank Transfer Pump 2-28-27 P6
28-27-08 Trim/APU Fuel Line 2-28-27 P7
28-29-01 APU Fuel Isolation Valve 2-28-29 P1
28-29-02 APU LP Fuel Valve 2-28-29 P2
28-43-01 Manual Magnetic Indicator 2-28-43 P1
28-46-01 Inner Tank Low Level Detection 2-28-46 P1
28-46-02 Inner Tank High Level Detection 2-28-46 P1
28-46-03 Outer Tank High Level Detection 2-28-46 P1
28-46-04 Trim Tank High Level Detection 2-28-46 P2
28-46-05 Wing and Trim Tanks Overflow Sensors 2-28-46 P2
28-51-01 FCMC 1 2-28-51 P1
28-51-02 FCMC 2 2-28-51 P2
28-51-03 FCMC Initialization (ZFW, ZFCG) 2-28-51 P3
Rev : A=Added, R=Revised, D=Deleted
ATA 33 Lights
Rev ITEM SUBJECT PAGE
33-01-01-01TEST Function of ANN LT sw 2-33-01-01 P1
33-01-01-02DIM/BRT Function of ANN LT sw 2-33-01-01 P2
33-01-02-01AUTO Function of SEAT BELTS sw 2-33-01-02 P1
33-01-02-02AUTO Function of NO SMOKING sw 2-33-01-02 P1
33-01-02-04EMER EXIT LT OFF light 2-33-01-02 P2
Cockpit General Illumination (Center & Main
Instrument Lighting, Console and Floor Lighting,
R 33-12-01 Dome lights and Lighting Strips, Instrument and 2-33-12 P1
Panel Integral Lighting, Map Holder Lighting,
Center Pedestal Lighting, Reading Lights)
Cabin Signs (No Smoking , No Portable/Elec
33-20-01 2-33-20 P1
Device , Fasten seat Belt, Return to Seat)
33-20-02 Lavatory Sign (Return to Seat) 2-33-20 P2
33-21-01 Cabin General Illumination 2-33-21 P1
33-30-01 Cargo and Service Compartment Lighting System 2-33-30 P1
33-40-01 Beacon light 2-33-40 P1
33-40-02 Landing light 2-33-40 P2
33-40-03 Logo light 2-33-40 P4
33-40-04 NAV 1 Light 2-33-40 P5
33-40-05 NAV 2 Light 2-33-40 P6
33-40-06 Runway Turnoff light 2-33-40 P6
33-40-07 Strobe light 2-33-40 P7
33-40-09 Taxi and Takeoff light 2-33-40 P7
33-40-10 Wing and Engine Scan Lighting 2-33-40 P8
33-51-01 Cabin Overhead Emergency Lighting 2-33-51 P1
33-51-03 Cabin Lavatory Auxiliary light 2-33-51 P2
33-51-04 Cabin EXIT Sign (EXIT Marking, EXIT Location) 2-33-51 P3
33-51-05 Cabin Floor EXIT Marker 2-33-51 P4
Cabin Floor Proximity Emergency Escape Path
R 33-51-06 2-33-51 P5
Marking System
33-51-07 Escape Slide Lighting 2-33-51 P6
Rev : A=Added, R=Revised, D=Deleted
ATA 34 Navigation
Rev ITEM SUBJECT PAGE
34-01-01-01 ADR pb-sw FAULT light 2-34-01 P1
34-01-01-02 ADR pb-sw OFF light 2-34-01 P1
34-01-01-03 IR pb-sw FAULT light 2-34-01 P1
34-01-01-04 IR pb-sw OFF light 2-34-01 P2
34-01-01-05 ON BAT light 2-34-01 P2
34-01-01-31 ADR pb-sw 2-34-01 P3
34-01-01-32 IR pb-sw 2-34-01 P4
34-01-01-33 IR Mode selector 2-34-01 P4
34-01-02-01 GPWS SYS pb-sw FAULT light 2-34-01 P5
Actual Airspeed Reference Line and Scale
34-05-01 2-34-05 P1
Indications on the PFD
34-05-02 Mach Number Indication on the PFD 2-34-05 P2
VMO/MMO Characteristic Speed Indication on
34-05-03 2-34-05 P3
the PFD
Other Characteristic Speed Indications on the
34-05-04 2-34-05 P3
PFD
34-05-05 Altitude Indication on the PFD 2-34-05 P4
34-05-06 Baro Reference Indication on the PFD 2-34-05 P4
Vertical Speed in Inertial Mode Indication on the
34-05-07 2-34-05 P4
PFD
34-05-08 Other Air Data Related Indications on the PFD 2-34-05 P5
34-05-09 Attitude Indication on the PFD 2-34-05 P5
34-05-10 Heading Indication on the PFD 2-34-05 P6
34-05-11 Radio Navaids Indications on the PFD 2-34-05 P6
34-06-01 Ground Speed Indication on the ND 2-34-06 P1
34-06-02 True Air Speed Indication on the ND 2-34-06 P1
34-06-03 Wind Indication on the ND 2-34-06 P1
34-06-04 Heading Indication on the ND 2-34-06 P1
34-06-05 MAP Information on the ND 2-34-06 P2
R 34-06-06 Radio Navaids Indications on the ND 2-34-06 P2
34-06-07 Chrono Indication on the ND 2-34-06 P2
34-10-01 ADR 2-34-10 P1
34-10-02 IR 2-34-10 P3
34-11-01 Angle of Attack (AOA) Sensor 2-34-11 P1
34-14-01 NORTH REF pb-sw 2-34-14 P1
34-17-01 AIR DATA SWITCHING selector 2-34-17 P1
34-17-02 ATT HDG SWITCHING selector 2-34-17 P2
2-34-22 P1
34-22-01 Standby Compass Indicator
2-34-22 P2
34-22-02 Standby Compass Lighting 2-34-22 P4
34-23-01 ISIS Altitude Indication 2-34-23 P1
34-23-02 ISIS Airspeed Indication 2-34-23 P1
ATA 34 Navigation
Rev ITEM SUBJECT PAGE
34-23-03 ISIS Bugs Indication 2-34-23 P1
34-23-04 ISIS Attitude Indication 2-34-23 P2
34-23-05 ISIS ILS Indication 2-34-23 P2
34-23-06 ISIS Mach Number Indication 2-34-23 P2
34-30-04 Instrument Landing System (ILS) 2-34-30 P1
34-40-01 GPWS basic modes 2-34-40 P1
34-40-02 Predictive GPWS Functions 2-34-40 P2
34-40-03 Radio Altimeter Automatic Callout 2-34-40 P2
34-40-04 Radio Altimeter System 2-34-40 P3
34-40-05 Traffic Collision Avoidance System (TCAS) 2-34-40 P4
34-40-06 Weather Radar System 2-34-40 P5
34-40-07 Predictive Windshear Detection System 2-34-40 P6
34-50-01 ATC 2-34-50 P1
34-50-03 ADF 2-34-50 P1
34-50-04 DME 2-34-50 P2
34-50-05 VOR 2-34-50 P2
34-50-06 MARKER 2-34-50 P3
R 34-50-07 DDRMI 2-34-50 P3
34-50-08 Global Positioning System (GPS) 2-34-50 P3
34-50-09 ADS-B OUT Function 2-34-50 P4
Rev : A=Added, R=Revised, D=Deleted
ATA 35 Oxygen
Rev ITEM SUBJECT PAGE
35-01-01 CREW SUPPLY pb-sw OFF light 2-35-01 P1
35-01-02 PASSENGER SYS ON light 2-35-01 P2
35-01-31 MANUAL Control of MASK MAN ON pb 2-35-01 P3
R 35-01-32 AUTO Control of MASK MAN ON pb 2-35-01 P4
Crew OXY High Pressure Indication on the
35-07-01 2-35-07 P1
DOOR/OXY SD page
Crew Oxygen REGUL LO PR Indication on the
R 35-07-02 2-35-07 P2
DOOR/OXY SD page
35-10-01 Crew Oxygen Mask 2-35-10 P1
35-10-02 Crew Oxygen Mask Microphone 2-35-10 P2
35-10-03 Crew Oxygen Cylinder 2-35-10 P3
Exterior Crew Oxygen Discharge Indicator
35-10-04 2-35-10 P4
(Green Disc)
Cabin Attendant and Passenger Individual
R 35-20-01 2-35-20 P1
Oxygen Module
35-20-02 Galley Oxygen Module 2-35-20 P3
35-20-03 Lavatories Oxygen Module 2-35-20 P5
35-20-04 Manual Release Tool 2-35-20 P6
35-30-01 Portable Oxygen Unit 2-35-30 P1
Flight Crew Portable Protective Breathing
35-30-02 2-35-30 P2
Equipment
Cabin Crew Portable Protective Breathing
35-30-03 2-35-30 P2
Equipment
Rev : A=Added, R=Revised, D=Deleted
ATA 52 Doors
Rev ITEM SUBJECT PAGE
CHAN (1, 2) LEDs on the CKPT DOOR CONT
52-01-01-01 2-52-01-01 P1
Overhead Panel
STRIKE (TOP, MID, BOT) LEDs on the CKPT
52-01-01-02 2-52-01-01 P1
DOOR CONT Overhead Panel
Pressure Rate Sensor on the CKPT DOOR
52-01-01-03 2-52-01-01 P2
CONT Overhead Panel
52-07-01 Indications on the DOOR/OXY SD page 2-52-07 P1
R 52-10-01 Cabin Door 2-52-10 P1
52-10-02 Cabin Emergency Door 2-52-10 P7
52-10-03 Cabin Exit Stop Fitting 2-52-10 P9
52-10-04 Cabin Door Damper Function 2-52-10 P10
52-10-05 Cabin Door Emergency Opening Function 2-52-10 P10
CHECK DOOR PRESSURE Message on the
52-10-06 2-52-10 P11
FAP
52-10-07 Cabin Door Stay Mechanism 2-52-10 P12
52-10-08 Cabin Door Spring Rod Assembly 2-52-10 P12
52-30-01 Lower Deck Cargo Door (FWD, AFT and BULK) 2-52-30 P1
52-30-02 Lower Deck Cargo Door Actuator 2-52-30 P2
52-30-03 Lower Deck Cargo Door Electrical Control 2-52-30 P3
52-30-04 Lower Deck Cargo Door Hinge Arm or Hinge Bolt 2-52-30 P4
Lower Deck Cargo Door Latching Hook, Spool
52-30-05 2-52-30 P5
and Bolt
52-30-07 Cargo Door Open/Locked Indicator light 2-52-30 P6
2-52-51 P1
52-51-01 CDLS Normal System
2-52-51 P2
R 52-51-03 CDLS Buzzer 2-52-51 P3
52-51-04 CDLS Keypad 2-52-51 P4
52-51-05 CDLS Keypad LED 2-52-51 P5
CDLS Door Release Strike (Catch, Spring,
52-51-06 2-52-51 P6
Solenoid, Bolt)
52-51-07 CDLS Deadbolt 2-52-51 P6
52-53-01 COCKPIT DOOR FAULT light 2-52-53 P1
52-53-02 COCKPIT DOOR OPEN light 2-52-53 P2
52-53-03 LOCK Function of the COCKPIT DOOR sw 2-52-53 P3
52-53-04 UNLOCK Function of the COCKPIT DOOR sw 2-52-53 P4
52-71-01 Proximity Switch Control Unit (PSCU) 2-52-71 P1
52-71-02 Proximity Switch on the Avionics Door 2-52-71 P2
Proximity Switch on the Cabin Doors (Nbr 1, 2
2-52-71 P3
52-71-03 and 4), (FWD, AFT, BULK) Lower Deck Cargo
2-52-71 P4
Doors
Proximity Switch on the Cabin Emergency Doors 2-52-71 P7
R 52-71-04
(Nbr) 2-52-71 P8
ATA 52 Doors
Rev ITEM SUBJECT PAGE
CABIN PRESSURE light (Cabin Doors, Cabin
52-71-06 Emergency Doors, (FWD, AFT) Lower Deck 2-52-71 P9
Cargo Doors)E
Rev : A=Added, R=Revised, D=Deleted
ATA 56 Windows
Rev ITEM SUBJECT PAGE
56-10-01 Front Windshield 2-56-10 P1
56-10-02 Fixed Lateral Window 2-56-10 P3
56-10-03 Sliding Window 2-56-10 P4
56-20-01 Cabin Window 2-56-20 P1
Rev : A=Added, R=Revised, D=Deleted
ATA 74 Ignition
Rev ITEM SUBJECT PAGE
Selected Igniter Indication on the ENGINE SD
R 74-07-01 2-74-07 P1
page
R 74-09-01 ENG 1(2) IGN A(B)(A+B) FAULT Alert 2-74-09 P1
74-31-01 Ignition System A 2-74-31 P1
74-31-02 Ignition System B 2-74-31 P2
Rev : A=Added, R=Revised, D=Deleted
ATA 75 Air
Rev ITEM SUBJECT PAGE
75-09-01 ENG 1(2) COOL VALVE FAULT Alert 2-75-09 P1
R 75-24-01 HPTCC Valve 2-75-24 P1
75-24-02 LPTCC Valve 2-75-24 P2
75-26-02 Nacelle Core Compartment Cooling Valve 2-75-26 P1
Rev : A=Added, R=Revised, D=Deleted
ATA 78 Exhaust
Rev ITEM SUBJECT PAGE
78-08-01 REV Indication on the EWD 2-78-08 P1
78-09-01 ENG 1(2) REV MINOR FAULT Alert 2-78-09 P1
78-09-02 ENG 1(2) REV PRESSURIZED Alert 2-78-09 P2
78-30-01 Thrust Reverser Actuation 2-78-30 P1
78-30-02 Thrust Reverser Control 2-78-30 P3
78-30-05 Thrust Reverser Transcowl Tertiary Lock 2-78-30 P5
Rev : A=Added, R=Revised, D=Deleted
ATA 79 Oil
Rev ITEM SUBJECT PAGE
79-07-01-01 Oil Quantity Indication on the CRUISE SD page 2-79-07-01 P1
Oil Filter CLOG Indication on the ENGINE SD
79-07-02-01 2-79-07-02 P1
page
Oil Pressure and Advisory Indications on the
79-07-02-02 2-79-07-02 P2
ENGINE SD page
R 79-07-02-03 Oil Quantity Indication on the ENGINE SD page 2-79-07-02 P3
Oil Temperature Indication on the ENGINE SD
79-07-02-04 2-79-07-02 P4
page
79-09-02 ENG 1(2) OIL FILTER CLOG Alert 2-79-09 P1
Rev : A=Added, R=Revised, D=Deleted
ATA 80 Starting
Rev ITEM SUBJECT PAGE
80-01-31 ENG MAN START pb-sw 2-80-01 P1
Start Valve Position Indication on the ENGINE SD
R 80-07-01 2-80-07 P1
page
R 80-11-01 Start Valve 2-80-11 P1
80-12-01 FAULT light on the ENG MASTER Panel 2-80-12 P1
Rev : A=Added, R=Revised, D=Deleted
Applicable to : ALL
21-01-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0
One or both may be inoperative
Applicable to : ALL
21-01-01-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0
One or both may be inoperative
Applicable to : ALL
21-01-01-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0
One or both may be inoperative provided that the zone duct temperature indications are operative
on the COND SD page
Applicable to : ALL
21-01-01-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0
One or both may be inoperative
Applicable to : ALL
21-01-02-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0
May be inoperative
Applicable to : ALL
21-01-03-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 1 0
May be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
21-01-03-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 1 0
May be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
21-01-04-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0
May be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
21-01-04-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0
May be inoperative
Applicable to : ALL
21-01-04-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0
May be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
21-07-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 17 0
Pack related indications may be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
21-07-01-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0
One or both may be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
21-07-01-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0
May be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
21-07-02-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0
May be inoperative
Applicable to : ALL
21-07-02-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0
PACK 1 and PACK 2 indications may be inoperative
Note : The whole flow control and indicating system may be inoperative for a non-pressurized flight.
Refer to FCOM/PRO-SPO-20.
Applicable to : ALL
21-07-03-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0
One or both may be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
21-07-03-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 17 0
One or more may be inoperative
Applicable to : ALL
21-07-03-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 1 0
May be inoperative provided that the heating system of the BULK lower deck cargo is considered
inoperative
Refer to Item 21-43-02 BULK Lower Deck Cargo Heating System
Applicable to : ALL
21-07-04-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 4 0
One or more may be inoperative
Applicable to : ALL
21-07-04-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 1 0
One may be inoperative provided that the heating system of the BULK lower deck cargo is
considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 21-43-02 BULK Lower Deck Cargo Heating System
Applicable to : ALL
21-09-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0
May be inoperative provided that the Cooling Effect Detector (CED) is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 21-26-05 Avionics Cooling Effect Detector (CED)
Applicable to : ALL
21-21-01B
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 1 (o)(m)
One may be inoperative provided that :
1) Both air conditioning packs are operative, and
2) The PACK FLOW selector is set to HI.
Note : Apply the maintenance procedure only in the case of continuous operation of the
affected cabin fan, or in the case of ”burning smell” associated with the inoperative
cabin fan.
Applicable to : ALL
21-21-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0 (o)
One or both may be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 21-21-02A Recirculation Valve
Applicable to : ALL
ON GROUND
When one or both recirculation valves are inoperative in the open position,
and
When one or both air conditioning packs are OFF.
The VENT BLOWING FAULT alert can be displayed on the EWD due to lower airflow to the
avionics compartment.
If the VENT BLOWING FAULT alert is displayed on the EWD :
Follow the ECAM procedure.
AFTER TAKEOFF
When the VENT BLOWING FAULT alert disappears on the EWD :
PACK FLOW selector …………………………………………………….. AS REQUIRED
COCKPIT Temperature selector ………………………………………… AS REQUIRED
CABIN Temperature selector ……………………………………………. AS REQUIRED
Applicable to : ALL
21-23-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (o)
May be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 21-23-01A Lavatory and Galley Extraction System
Applicable to : ALL
ON GROUND
On the COND SD page, the cabin zone temperature indications are displayed XX. The cabin
temperature regulation is degraded.
IN FLIGHT
If the VCC pb is OFF following the application of the COND LAV+GAL VENT FAULT
ECAM alert :
The VCC pb can be swtiched back On,
Note : To recover the IFE, reset the PAX SYS pb.
Applicable to : ALL
21-23-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0
May be inoperative
Applicable to : ALL
21-23-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 1 0 (m)
May be inoperative provided that the In-Flight Entertainment Center (IFEC) is deactivated.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 21-23-00-040-801
Applicable to : ALL
21-25-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (m)(o)
May be inoperative provided that the turbofan supply line is deactivated.
Note : The part of the (m) procedure related to the deactivation of the electrical signal of the
mechanical horn that is associated with the inoperative pack bay turbofan is left at the
operator's convenience.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 21-25-00-040-801
(o) OpsProc 21-25-01A Pack Bay Turbofan
Applicable to : ALL
ON GROUND
If the VENT PACK BAY VENT FAULT alert is displayed on the EWD :
Apply the ECAM procedure
AT SLATS RETRACTION
If the VENT PACK BAY VENT FAULT alert was displayed on the EWD on ground :
Turn on the air conditioning pack that was set to OFF in accordance with the above ECAM
procedure
Applicable to : ALL
21-25-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (m)(o)
May be inoperative
Note : Application of the (m) procedure is not mandatory and is left at the operator's convenience.
Purpose of the (m) procedure is to deactivate the electrical signal of the mechanical call horn
associated with the inoperative pack bay turbofan supply valve.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 21-25-00-040-803
(o) OpsProc 21-25-02A Pack Bay Turbofan Supply Valve
Applicable to : ALL
ON GROUND
If the VENT PACK BAY VENT FAULT alert is displayed on the EWD :
Apply the ECAM procedure
AT SLATS RETRACTION
If the VENT PACK BAY VENT FAULT alert was displayed on the EWD on ground :
Turn on the air conditioning pack that was set to OFF in accordance with the above ECAM
procedure
Applicable to : ALL
21-25-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (m)
May be inoperative provided that :
1) The pack bay pressure switch is deactivated, and
2) The turbofan is checked operative
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 21-25-00-040-802
Applicable to : ALL
21-26-01A Both packs operative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (m)(o)
May be inoperative provided that :
1) Both cabin fans are operative, and
2) Both air conditioning packs are operative, and
3) The EXTRACT pb-sw is set to OVRD.
Note : Application of the (m) procedure is not mandatory and is left at the operator's convenience.
Purpose of the (m) procedure is to deactivate the electrical signal of the mechanical call horn
associated with the inoperative avionics extract fan.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 21-26-00-040-809
(o) OpsProc 21-26-01-A Avionics Extract Fan (both air ocnditioning packs operative)
Applicable to : ALL
ON GROUND
If the extract fan is seized, the external ground horn may sound
During hot days (OAT ≥ 35 ℃)
The cooling of the avionics equipment can be improved as follows :
When an avionics equipment ground cooling system is not installed,
or,
An avionics equipment ground cooling system is installed but inoperative :
If the use of the external air conditioning group is preferred :
External air conditioning group …………………………………………. Connect
If the use of the aircraft air conditioning is preferred :
- PACK 1 pb-sw ……………………………………………………………….. On
- PACK 2 pb-sw ……………………………………………………………….. On
Applicable to : ALL
21-26-02A Both packs operative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (m)(o)
May be inoperative provided that :
1) Both air conditioning packs are operative, and
2) The main flap of the overboard extract valve is manually set to the open position for ground
operations with engines off, and
3) The main flap of the overboard extract valve is manually set to the closed position, and the
auxiliary flap of the overboard extract valve is manually set to the open position, immediately
before engine start, and
4) The EXTRACT pb-sw is set to OVRD immediately before engine start.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 21-26-00-040-801
(o) OpsProc 21-26-02A Avionics Overboard Extract Valve (both air conditioning packs operative)
Applicable to : ALL
ON GROUND
Shortly before engine start,
or,
If the overboard extract valve failure occurs at engine start :
EXTRACT pb-sw ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- OVRD
On the CAB PRESS SD page, check that the overboard EXTRACT valve is
displayed partially open green.
If the overboard EXTRACT valve is not displayed partially open green on
the CAB PRESS SD page:
Contact the maintenance personnel to manually set the overboard extract valve
in the partially open position.
The associated (m) procedure deactivates the main flap of the overboard extract
valve in the closed position and the auxiliary flap of the overboard extract valve
in the open position
Applicable to : ALL
21-26-03A Both packs operative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (m)(o)
May be inoperative provided that :
1) The avionics underfloor extract valve is deactivated in the closed position, and
2) Both air conditioning packs are operative, and
3) The EXTRACT pb-sw is set to OVRD immediately before engine start..
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 21-26-00-040-805
(o) OpsProc 21-26-03A Aviaonics Underfloor Extract Valve (both air conditioning packs operative)
Applicable to : ALL
SHORTLY BEFORE ENGINE START
EXTRACT pb-sw -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OVRD
SHORTLY AFTER ENGINE 1 SHUTDOWN
EXTRACT pb-sw -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- AUTO
(o) OpsProc 21-26-03B Avionics Underfloor Extract Valve (one air conditioning pack also
inoperative)
Applicable to : ALL
SHORTLY BEFORE ENGINE START
EXTRACT pb-sw -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OVRD
SHORTLY AFTER ENGINE 1 SHUTDOWN
EXTRACT pb-sw -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- AUTO
NORMAL DESCENT FOR APPROACH
A slow aircraft descent rate (-1,000 ft/min) is reconmmended.
This recommended slow descent rate prevents from a negative differential pressure condition at
final approach
Applicable to : ALL
21-26-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (m)
May be inoperative provided that :
1) The EXTRACT pb-sw OVRD function is checked operative, and
2) The main flap of the overboard extract valve is manually set to the open position, without
deactivation, for ground operations with engines off, and
3) The underfloor extract valve is manually set to the open position, without deactivation, and
4) Both main and auxiliary flaps of the overboard extract valve are manually set to the
closed position, without deactivation, immediately before engine start.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 21-26-00-040-808
Applicable to : ALL
21-26-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (m)
May be inoperative provided that the following checks are made before each flight
1) Both air conditioning packs are operative, and
2) Both cabin fans are operative, and
3) The ventilation air flow is blowing through the avionics racks.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 21-26-00-040-806
Applicable to : ALL
21-28-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 1
One may be inoperative
Applicable to : ALL
21-28-08A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 1 0 (o)
May be inoperative
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 21-28-08A BULK Lower Deck Cargo Extraction Fan
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The ventilation and the temperature control in the BULK LDCC are not available.
Ensure that the BULK LDCC does not contain materials sensitive to important temperature
variations or sensitive to the lack of ventilation.
Live animal transportation is prohibited
Applicable to : ALL
21-28-09A Inoperative in the closed position
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 2 0 (o)
One or both may be inoperative in the closed position provided that:.
1) Both BULK cargo isolation valves are checked closed, and
2) BULK ISOL VALVES pb-sw FAULT light is checked operative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 21-28-09A BULK Lower Deck Cargo Isolation Valve (valves checked closed).
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The ventilation and the temperature control in the BULK LDCC are not available.
Ensure that the BULK LDCC does not contain materials sensitive to important temperature
variations or sensitive to the lack of ventilation.
Live animal transportation is prohibited.
21-31-01 Automatic Cabin Pressure Control System ( CPC , Outflow Valve AUTO
Channels)
21-31-01 Automatic Cabin Pressure Control System ( CPC , Outflow Valve AUTO
Channels)
Applicable to : HL7741, HL7746, HL7747, HL7754, HL7792, HL7793, HL7794, HL7795, HL8258, HL8259, HL8282, HL8286, HL8293
21-31-01A Automatic CPC 1 inoperative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 1 (m)
Automatic cabin pressure control system 1 may be inoperative provided that:
1) EDTO is not conducted, and
2) The manual cabin pressure control system is checked operative
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 21-31-00-040-806
21-31-02 Manual Cabin Pressure Control System (Outflow Valve MAN Channel,
MAN V/S CTL sw)
Applicable to : ALL
21-31-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (m)
May be inoperative provided that both automatic cabin pressure control systems are checked
operative before each flight.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 21-31-00-040-805
Applicable to : ALL
21-31-03A One inoperative in the closed position
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 3 2 (m)
One may be inoperative in the closed position provided that:
1) Both automatic cabin pressure control systems are checked operative, and
2) The three motors on each outflow valve are checked operative.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 21-31-00-040-803
Applicable to : ALL
21-31-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (o)
May be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 21-31-04A Landing Elevation Selection AUTO Function
Applicable to : ALL
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
Set the LDG ELEV selector to the altitude of the destination airport
On the CAB PRESS SD page, check that the LDG ELEV MAN message is displayed
Applicable to : ALL
21-31-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (o)
May be inoperative provided that:
1) The landing elevation selection AUTO function is operative, and
2) Both FMGEC s are operative.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 21-31-05A Landing Elevation Selection MAN Function
Applicable to : ALL
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
LDG ELEV selector ………………………………………………………………………. AUTO
On the CAB PRESS SD page, check that the LDG ELEV AUTO message is displayed.
Applicable to : ALL
21-31-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0
May be inoperative provided that:
1) EDTO beyond 180 min is not conducted, and
2) The flight is not pressurized.
Refer to FCOM /PRO-SPO-20 FLIGHT WITHOUT CABIN PRESSURIZATION
Applicable to : ALL
21-43-02A BULK HOT AIR pb-sw set to OFF
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (o)
May be inoperative provided that the BULK HOT AIR pb-sw is set to OFF.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 21-43-02A BULK Lower Deck Cargo Heating System (heating set to OFF)
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The heating system in the BULK LDCC is not available.
Ensure that the BULK LDCC does not contain materials sensitive to important temperature
variations.
Live animal transportation is prohibited
variations.
Live animal transportation is prohibited
Applicable to : ALL
21-51-01A One inoperative in the closed position
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 1 (m)
One may be inoperative provided that:
1) It is secured in the closed position, and.
2) The associated air conditioning pack is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 21-52-01A(C) Air Conditioning Pack
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 21-51-00-040-801
Applicable to : ALL
21-51-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0
May be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
21-52-01A One inoperative with FL limitation
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 1 (m)(o)
One may be inoperative provided that:
1) EDTO beyond 180 min is not conducted, and
2) The flight altitude is limited to 35 400 ft ( 10 800 m ), and
3) The pack controller associated with the non-affected air conditioning pack is checked operative
on both channels, and
4) The affected PACK pb-sw is set to OFF, and
5) The associated pack flow control valve is checked closed on the BLEED SD page or CAB
PRESS SD page .
FUEL PENALTY ITEM
Contact to dispatcher for fuel planning
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 21-53-00-040-803
(o) OpsProc 21-52-01A Air Conditioning Pack (one air conditioning pack inoperative)
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Temperature control of the FWD LDCC ◁ is not available.
Ensure that the FWD LDCC does not contain materials sensitive to important temperature
variations. Live animal transportation is prohibited
IN FLIGHT
In the event of pressurization loss:
Perform as soon as possible a rapid descent to FL 100 (3 050 m), at idle thrust, with
speedbrakes fully extended (If operative).
Maintain the rapid descent (If possible) until the differential pressure becomes negative.
Do not maintain a negative differential pressure.
If the flight altitude must be maintained at a flight level higher than FL 100 (3 050
m):
Consider the oxygen quantity remaining and the time to destination to decide either to
continue the flight or to divert.
NORMAL DESCENT FOR APPROACH
IN FLIGHT
In the event of pressurization loss:
Perform as soon as possible a rapid descent to FL 100 (3 050 m), at idle thrust, with
speedbrakes fully extended (If operative).
Maintain the rapid descent (If possible) until the differential pressure becomes negative.
Do not maintain a negative differential pressure.
If the flight altitude must be maintained at a flight level higher than FL 100 (3 050
m):
Consider the oxygen quantity remaining and the time to destination to decide either to
continue the flight or to divert.
AAR A330 FLEET 2-21-52 P 2/4
MEL 30OCT19
MEL ITEMS
21 - AIR CONDITIONING
21-52 - Air Conditioning Packs
Applicable to : ALL
21-53-01A One channel inoperative on each pack controller
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 4 2
One channel may be inoperative on each pack controller.
Applicable to : ALL
21-53-03A One inoperative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 1 (o)
One may be inoperative provided that the other air conditioning pack is operative.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 21-53-03A Pack Temperature Control Valve
Applicable to : ALL
ON GROUND
If the AIR PACK 1(2) OVHT alert is displayed on the EWD:
PACK 1(2) pb-sw …………………………………………………………………………………. OFF
AFTER TAKEOFF
Turn on the air conditioning pack that was set to OFF on ground.
Applicable to : ALL
21-53-04A Affected Flap Deactivated Open
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 4 0 (m)(o)
One or more may be inoperative provided that the affected flap is deactivated in the open position.
Note : Apply the maintenance procedure only when the inoperative flap is in a position less than
11 % of full open.
FUEL PENALTY ITEM
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task
(o) OpsProc 21-53-04A Air Conditioning Ram Air Inlet/Outlet Flap (Door)
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Take into account the following fuel consumption increase:
Number of Pack Ram Air Inlet/Outlet Flap inoperative 1 2 3 4
Applicable to : ALL
21-55-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- 1 1
Must be operative.
Applicable to : ALL
21-63-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 1
One may be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
21-63-02A Closure function of associated pack flow control valve operative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 7 0 (o)
One or more may be inoperative provided that the closure function of the associated pack flow
control valve is checked operative on the BLEED SD page.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 21-63-02A Cockpit and Cabin Trim Air Valve
Applicable to : ALL
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
Check of the closure function of the pack flow control valve associated with the inoperative trim
air valve:
- PACK 1(2) pb-sw ………………………………………………………………….. OFF
- Check the BLEED SD page to ensure that the pack flow control valve position indication
on the associated side indicates closed (Cross line - amber).
- PACK 1(2) pb-sw …………….…………………………………………………… On
IN FLIGHT
Depending on PAX distribution, local temperature variations are possible.
If the cabin temperature in the affected zone becomes too cold:
Flight crew:
- Set both HOT AIR pb-sw to OFF.
- Adjust the cabin temperature selector or cockpit temperature selector for an acceptable
temperature comfort in the cabin and in the cockpit.
Cabin Crew:
- The temperature adjustment via the FAP is inoperative.
If the cabin temperature in the affected zone becomes too hot:
Flight crew:
- Set the associated HOT AIR pb-sw to OFF.
- Adjust the cabin temperature selector or cockpit temperature selector until the duct
temperature indication on the COND SD page the zones without trim air reaches 18 °C .
If the cabin temperature in areas with operational trim air valves becomes too hot
following the above flight crew action:
Cabin Crew:
- The temperature in the First / Business class can be adjusted via the FAP .
- Do not adjust the temperature of the economy class via the FAP .
In the case of a duct overheat:
Refer to FCOM/PRO-ABN-AIR-COND DUCT OVHT
Applicable to : ALL
21-63-03A Closure function of associated pack flow control valve operative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0 (o)
One or both may be inoperative provided that the closure function of the associated pack flow
control valve is checked operative on the BLEED SD page.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 21-63-03A Hot Air Valve
Applicable to : ALL
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
Check of the closure function of the pack flow control valve associated with the inoperative hot
air valve:
- PACK 1(2) pb-sw ………………………………………………………………….. OFF
- Check the BLEED SD page to ensure that the pack flow control valve position indication
on the associated side indicates closed (Cross line - amber).
- PACK 1(2) pb-sw ………………………………………………………………….. On
If the COND ZONE REGUL FAULT alert is displayed on the EWD , this means that:
- A single hot air valve is inoperative in the closed position, and
- Both air conditioning packs are operative, and
- The air conditioning pack on the side of the operative hot air valve is set to OFF.
To cancel the COND ZONE REGUL FAULT alert and to restore the temperature regulation:
Turn on the air conditioning pack on the side of the operative hot air valve.
IN FLIGHT
Depending on PAX distribution, local temperature variations are possible.
In the case of a duct overheat:
Refer to FCOM/PRO-ABN-AIR-COND DUCT OVHT
Applicable to : ALL
21-63-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0
May be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
21-63-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 2 0 (o)
One or both may be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 21-63-07A Cockpit Heater
Applicable to : ALL
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
Associated COCKPIT HEATER selector..................................................................OFF
Applicable to : ALL
22-05-01A Inoperative on one FMA
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 4 0 (o)
One or more may be inoperative on one FMA
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 22-05-01A AP/FD Related Indications on the FMA (inoperative on one FMA)
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
● If an FD indication is inoperative:
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
● If an AP indication is inoperative:
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations strictly below 0.3 NM are not
permitted.
Applicable to : ALL
22-05-02A Inoperative on one FMA
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0
One or more may be inoperative on one FMA
Applicable to : ALL
22-05-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0 (o)
One or more may be inoperative on one or both FMAs.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 22-05-03A Approach and Landing Capabilities on the FMA
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
When one FMA is affected:
Maximum landing capability is CAT 2.
When both FMAs are affected:
Maximum landing capability is CAT 1.
Applicable to : ALL
22-05-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 8 8
The following messages are required on both sides:
- MAN PITCH TRIM ONLY
- USE MAN PITCH TRIM
- EFIS SINGLE SOURCE 1
- EFIS SINGLE SOURCE 2
Note : Above message(s) can only appear in the case of failure or reconfiguration.
Applicable to : ALL
22-10-01A AP1 inoperative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 1 (o)
AP 1 may be inoperative provided that the EDTO is not conducted.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 22-10-01A Autopilot (AP)
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
When one AP is inoperative :
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations strictly below 0.3 NM are not
permitted.
Maximum landing capability is CAT 2
When both APs are inoperative
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
RVSM operations are not permitted
Maximum landing capability is CAT 1.
Applicable to : ALL
22-10-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0 (o)
One or both may be inoperative
Note : For RNAV 1 & 2 and RNP 1 operations, one FD must be operative.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 22-10-02A Flight Director (FD)
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
● If both sides are affected:
RNAV 1 / RNAV 2 operations are not permitted.
RNP 1 operations are not permitted.
RNP APCH operations are not permitted.
FOR TAKEOFF
For a takeoff without FDs:
Refer to FCOM/PRO-NOR-SRP-01-30 No Flight Director Takeoff.
Applicable to : ALL
22-10-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- 2 2
Both must be operative
Applicable to : ALL
22-10-04A One inoperative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 1 (o)
One may be inoperative
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 22-10-04A Take-over pb AP Disconnection Function (one pb inoperative)
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 1
BEFORE APPROACH
If the AP is used for approach
The operative AP disconnect pb must be assigned to the PF
Applicable to : ALL
22-10-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0 (o)
One or both may be inoperative
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 22-10-05A AUTO LAND light
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
When both AUTO LAND lights are inoperative :
Maximum landing capability is CAT 1
Applicable to : ALL
22-10-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (o)
May be inoperativ e provided that :
1) EDTO is not conducted, and
2) The AP is not engaged
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 22-10-06A AP Disengagement Warning
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
RVSM operations are not permitted.
Maximum landing capability is CAT 1.
Applicable to : ALL
22-10-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 3 2 (o)
One may be inoperative in the unlocked position provided that no autoland is performed.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 22-10-07A Sticks and Rudder Pedals Locking Solenoid in AP Mode
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 1
Applicable to : ALL
22-10-08A CAT 3 DUAL inoperative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (o)
May be inoperative provided no CAT III approach is conducted
Reference(s)
(o) Operational Note
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
When CAT 3 DUAL is shown on ECAM STATUS (INOP SYS)
Maximum landing capability is CAT 2
Applicable to : ALL
22-30-01B
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0 (o)(m)
May be inoperative on both engines provided that:
1) EDTO beyond 180 min is not conducted, and
2) All thrust lever position sensors are checked operative.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 22-30-00-040-802
(o) OpsProc 22-30-01B Engine Autothrust (A/THR)
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 2.
IN FLIGHT
The ALPHA FLOOR protection is lost.
Applicable to : ALL
22-30-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 1 (m)
One may be inoperative provided that all other autothrust disconnection means are checked
operative.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 22-30-00-040-801
Applicable to : ALL
22-30-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (o)
May be inoperative provided that the autothrust ( A/THR ) is considered inoperative on all engines.
Refer to Item 22-30-01B Engine Autothrust (A/THR)
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 22-30-03A Autothrust Disengagement Warning
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 2.
AFTER ENGINE START
Press and hold either autothrust instinctive disconnect pb for at least 15 seconds.
The A/THR system is continuously disconnected for the entire flight.
IN FLIGHT
All A/THR functions including ALPHA FLOOR protection are lost.
Applicable to : ALL
22-60-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (o)
May be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 22-60-01A Reactive Windshear Detection Function
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The flight crew must ensure that windshear conditions are not likely to be encountered at departure,
destination or alternate airfields, having regard to actual and forecast weather conditions.
IN FLIGHT
In the case of perceivable windshear:
Apply memory actions associated to a windshear event.
Refer to FCOM/PRO-ABN-SURV [MEM] WINDSHEAR.
22-70-01B FM 2 inoperative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 1 (o)
FM 2 may be inrative provided that:
1) One NAV B/UP function is checked operative for flight in airspace (oceanic or remote areas
only) that requires two FMs, and
2) Terminal and approach procedures require only one FM
3) For RNAV 10 and RNP 4 operations, two FMCs must be operative from Gimpo and Incheon
airport.
Note : For RNAV 10 and RNP 4 operations with one FMC, two MCDUs operated with Back up
NAV function are required.
4) For MNPS operations, both FMS must be operative.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 22-70-01B Flight Management System (FMS)
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
Maximum landing capability is CAT 2.
● If the NAV BACK-UP function is inoperative:
RNAV 10 operations are not permitted.
RNP 4 operations are not permitted.
RNP 2 operations in oceanic and remote continental area are not permitted.
Applicable to : HL7754, HL7792, HL7793, HL7794, HL7795, HL8258, HL8259, HL8282, HL8286, HL8293
22-70-01A FM 1 inoperative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 1 (o)
FM 1 may be inoperative provided that:
1) EDTO is not conducted, and
2) One NAV B/UP function is checked operative for flight in airspace (oceanic or remote areas
only) that requires two FMs, and
3) Terminal and approach procedures require only one FM .
4) For RNAV 10 and RNP 4 operations, two FMCs must be operative from Gimpo and Incheon
airport.
Note : For RNAV 10 and RNP 4 operations with one FMC, two MCDUs operated with Back up
NAV function are required.
5) For MNPS operations, both FMS must be operative.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 22-70-01A Flight Management System (FMS)
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
Maximum landing capability is CAT 2.
● If the NAV BACK-UP function is inoperative:
RNAV 10 operations are not permitted.
RNP 4 operations are not permitted.
RNP 2 operations in oceanic and remote continental area are not permitted.
22-70-01B FM 2 inoperative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 1 (o)
FM 2 may be inoperative provided that:
1) One NAV B/UP function is checked operative for flight in airspace (oceanic or remote areas
only) that requires two FMs, and
2) Terminal and approach procedures require only one FM
3) For RNAV 10 and RNP 4 operations, two FMCs must be operative from Gimpo and Incheon
airport.
Note : For RNAV 10 and RNP 4 operations with one FMC, two MCDUs operated with Back up
NAV function are required.
4) For MNPS operations, both FMS must be operative.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 22-70-01B Flight Management System (FMS)
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
Maximum landing capability is CAT 2.
Applicable to : ALL
22-70-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
A 2 0 (o)
May be out of date for ten consecutive calendar days provided that:
1) The procedures of the out-of-date navigation database changed in the current navigation
database are not used (the procedures not changed may be used), and
2) Alternate procedures are established and used, and
3) The current aeronautical information (e.g. charts) is used to check the database navigation fixes
(the coordinates, frequencies, status (as applicable)), and suitability of navigation facilities
required for the intended route.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 22-70-02A Navigation Database
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Check the out-of-date navigation database with the current navigation database.
The flight crew must crosscheck, as applicable, procedures (for SID, Airways, STAR, APPR) with
the current aeronautical information (charts).
■ If the navigation database procedure intended to be flown is identical to the current
aeronautical information (charts):
Use the procedure of the out of date navigation database.
■ If the navigation database procedure intended to be flown is not identical to the
current aeronautical information (charts):
‐ RNP APCH, RNP AR, RNAV 1 SID, RNAV 1 STAR, RNP 1 SID, RNP 1 STAR
procedures are not permitted.
‐ For conventional SID, STAR, APPR procedures, use the procedure intended to be flown
by manually tuning the radio navigation aids (VOR, DME, ADF, ILS), or request the
assistance of the Air Navigation Service Providers.
‐ For En route operations, insert new routings according to the current airways.
Applicable to : ALL
22-70-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 1
One may be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
22-70-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 1
One may be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
22-70-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0
One or both may be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
22-70-06A Inoperative on FM 1
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 1
Fuel/time prediction associated with FM 1 may be inoperative provided that EDTO is not
conducted.
22-70-06B Inoperative on FM 2
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 1
Fuel/time prediction associated with FM 2 may be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
22-77-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0
The selection of MCDU and EFIS display data from its onside FMGEC may be inoperative (NORM
position inoperative) provided that:
1) The intended flight does not require dual FM capability or NAV B/UP function, and
2) The lateral navigation can be displayed on at least one ND unit.
Applicable to : ALL
22-77-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0
The selection of both MCDU and EFIS display data from FMGEC 1 only or/and FMGEC 2 only
may be inoperative (BOTH ON 1 or/and BOTH ON 2 position inoperative) provided that:
1) The NORM position of the FM selector is operative, and
2) The lateral navigation can be displayed on at least one ND unit.
22-81-01-01 AP Engagement pb
Applicable to : ALL
22-81-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0
One or both may be inoperative provided that the associated autopilot ( AP ) is considered
inoperative.
Refer to Item 22-10-01 Autopilot (AP)
Applicable to : ALL
22-81-01-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0
May be inoperative provided that the autothrust ( A/THR ) is considered inoperative on all engines.
Refer to Item 22-30-01B Engine Autothrust (A/THR)
Applicable to : ALL
22-81-01-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 3 0 (o)
One or more may be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 22-81-01-03A Mode Engagement pb (LOC, ALT, APPR)
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
● If APPR pb is inoperative:
RNP APCH operations down to LNAV / VNAV minima are not permitted.
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
Maximum landing capability is CAT 1.
Applicable to : ALL
22-81-01-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- 3 3
All must be operative.
Applicable to : ALL
22-81-01-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
B 1 0
May be inoperative provided that operations do not require its use.
Applicable to : ALL
22-81-01-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0
May be inoperative provided that the HDG-V/S selection is operative.
Applicable to : ALL
22-81-01-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0
May be inoperative provided that the SPD selection is operative.
Applicable to : ALL
22-81-01-08A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0
May be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
22-81-01-09A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 4 0
One or more may be inoperative provided that the associated indications are operative on both
PFDs and both NDs.
Applicable to : ALL
22-81-01-10A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 3 0
One or more may be inoperative provided that the associated indication is operative on both
PFDs.
Applicable to : ALL
22-81-01-11A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 3 0
One or more may be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
22-81-02-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0
One or both may be inoperative provided that the associated indications are operative on both
PFDs.
Applicable to : ALL
22-81-02-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0
One or both may be inoperative provided that the unit required for the intended flight is operative
on both EFIS control panels.
Applicable to : ALL
22-81-02-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- 2 2
Both must be operative.
22-81-02-04 FD pb
Applicable to : ALL
22-81-02-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0
One or both may be inoperative provided that the associated FD is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 22-10-02 Flight Director (FD)
22-81-02-05 LS pb
Applicable to : ALL
22-81-02-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- 2 0
One or both may be inoperative provided that the associated ILS is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 34-30-04 Instrument Landing System (ILS)
Applicable to : ALL
22-81-02-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 10 0
One or more may be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
22-81-02-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 1 (o)
One may be inoperative provided that the ND unit associated with the operative ND range selector
is operative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 22-81-02-07A ND Range Selector
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
● If range 10 NM and range 20 NM are not available on one side:
RNP APCH operations are not permitted.
● If the PF side is affected:
RNAV 10 operations are not permitted.
RNAV 5 operations are not permitted.
RNAV 1 / RNAV 2 operations are not permitted.
RNP 4 operations are not permitted.
RNP 2 operations are not permitted.
RNP 1 operations are not permitted.
RNP APCH operations are not permitted.
Applicable to : ALL
22-81-02-08A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 1
One may be inoperative provided that the ND unit associated with the operative ND mode selector
is operative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 22-81-02-08A ND Mode Selector
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
● If ROSE NAV and ARC modes are not available on one side:
RNP APCH operations are not permitted.
● If the PF side is affected:
RNAV 10 operations are not permitted.
RNAV 5 operations are not permitted.
RNAV 1 / RNAV 2 operations are not permitted.
RNP 4 operations are not permitted.
RNP 2 operations are not permitted.
RNP 1 operations are not permitted.
RNP APCH operations are not permitted.
22-81-02-09 ADF/VOR sw
Applicable to : ALL
22-81-02-09A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- 4 -
One or more may be inoperative provided that the associated ADF / VOR indication on ND is
considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 34-06-06 Radio Navaids Indications on the ND
Applicable to : ALL
22-81-02-10A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 4 0
One or more may be inoperative provided that the associated indication is operative on both
PFDs.
22-81-02-11 Optional Data (ARPT, NDB, VOR.D, WPT, CSTR) Display pb light Bars
Applicable to : ALL
22-81-02-11A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 10 0
One or more may be inoperative.
22-82-01 MCDU
Applicable to : ALL
22-82-01B MCDU 1 inoperative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 3 2 (o)
MCDU 1 may be inoperative provided that EDTO is not conducted
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 22-82-01B MCDU (one inoperative)
Applicable to : ALL
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
Set the BRT knob of the inoperative MCDU to OFF.
Applicable to : ALL
22-82-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0
One or both may be inoperative provided that MCDU 1 or MCDU 2 is operative.
Applicable to : ALL
22-82-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0
One or both may be inoperative.
Note : RNAV 10 and RNP 4 operations, both NAV B/UP Functions must be operative if one FMS is
fail.
Applicable to : ALL
22-83-01A FMGEC 1 inoperative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 1 (o)(m)
FMGEC 1 may be inoperative provided that :
1) EDTO is not conducted, and
2) FMGEC 1 is deactivated, and
3) FMS 1 is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 22-70-01 Flight Management System (FMS)
4) AP 1 is considered inoperative,
Refer to Item 22-10-01 Autopilot (AP), and
5) FD 1 is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 22-10-02 Flight Director (FD)
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 22-83-00-040-801
(o) OpsProc 22-83-01A Flight Management Guidance and Envelope Computer (FMGEC)
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
Maximum landing capability is CAT 2.
● If the NAV BACK-UP function is inoperative:
IN APPROACH
● If landing is performed in CONF 3 and FMGEC 1 is inoperative:
GPWS FLAP MODE pb-sw.................................................................................................. OFF
Disregard the blue LDG MEMO FLAPS......LDG on EWD.
Note: The Landing Configuration inserted in the FM page is not received by the FWS . By
default the FW considers CONF FULL.
AAR A330 FLEET 2-22-83 P 1/2
MEL 30OCT19
MEL ITEMS
22 - AUTO FLIGHT
22-83 - Flight Management Guidance and Envelope Computer (FMGEC)
IN APPROACH
● If landing is performed in CONF 3 and FMGEC 1 is inoperative:
GPWS FLAP MODE pb-sw.................................................................................................. OFF
Disregard the blue LDG MEMO FLAPS......LDG on EWD.
Note: The Landing Configuration inserted in the FM page is not received by the FWS . By
default the FW considers CONF FULL.
Applicable to : ALL
23-01-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- 1 0
May be inoperative provided that the Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR) is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 23-71-01 Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR)
Applicable to : ALL
23-01-01-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 1 0
May be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
23-01-01-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 1 0
May be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
23-01-01-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 1 0
May be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
23-01-02-31A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0
Cockpit to ground calls may be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
23-01-02-32A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0
May be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
23-01-02-33A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0
May be inoperative.
23-01-02-34 CALLS FWD pb, CALLS MID pb, CALLS AFT pb, CALLS EXIT pb
Applicable to : ALL
23-01-02-34A One or two inoperative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 4 2
One or two may be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
23-01-02-35A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 1 0
May be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
23-01-04-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 1 0 (o)
(o) May be inoperative provided that:
1) HF1 and HF2 are set to VOICE mode on ground, and
2) HF1 and HF2 are not used during refuel, defuel or ground fuel transfer.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 23-01-04-01A GND HF DATALINK pb-sw
Applicable to : ALL
BEFORE REFUEL, DEFUEL OR GROUND FUEL TRANSFER
HF1 and HF2...............................................................................Set to VOICE mode
HF1 and HF2......................................................Do not use until refuel is completed
Applicable to : ALL
23-01-04-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 1 0
May be inoperative
23-10-01 HF Voice
Applicable to : ALL
23-10-01A One or both HF inoperative – Flight within VHF coverage
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 2 0
One or both may be inoperative provided that:
1) EDTO is not conducted, and
2) The aircraft is operated within VHF coverage.
23-10-01C HF2 inoperative and SATCOM operative – Flight outside VHF coverage
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 1 (o)
HF2 Voice may be inoperative provided that SATCOM Voice or SATCOM Data is operative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 23-10-01C HF Voice
Applicable to : ALL
Flight crew ensure that:
‐ SATCOM is authorized by ATC, and
‐ SATCOM Voice or SATCOM Datalink will be available for the entire route.
23-10-01D HF1 inoperative and SATCOM operative – Flight outside VHF coverage
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 1 (o)
HF1 Voice may be inoperative provided that:
1) EDTO is not conducted, and
2) SATCOM Voice or SATCOM Data is operative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 23-10-01D HF Voice
Applicable to : ALL
The Flight crew ensure that:
‐ SATCOM is authorized by ATC, and
‐ SATCOM Voice or SATCOM Datalink will be available for the entire route.
Applicable to : ALL
23-10-02D VHF1 inoperative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 3 2 (o)
VHF1 may be inoperative provided that:
1) EDTO is not conducted, and
2) VHF3 is set to VOICE mode before each flight, and
3) VHF datalink communications are considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 23-20-04 VHF Datalink
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 23-10-02D VHF Voice
Applicable to : ALL
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
Prior to each flight, set VHF3 to VOICE mode if VHF1 or VHF2 is inoperative.
A "VHF 3 VOICE" memo is displayed on the ECAM.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 23-10-02E VHF Voice
Applicable to : ALL
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
Prior to each flight, set VHF3 to VOICE mode if VHF1 or VHF2 is inoperative.
A "VHF 3 VOICE" memo is displayed on the ECAM.
Applicable to : ALL
23-10-03A EDTO 180 min
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 1 0
May be inoperative provided that EDTO beyond 180 min is not conducted.
Applicable to : ALL
23-20-02A Procedures do not require SATCOM datalink
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 1 0 (o)
May be inoperative provided that procedures do not require the use of the SATCOM datalink.
Note : For 30 NM lateral/longitudinal separation of RNP 4, the aircraft requires CPDLC and ADS-C
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 23-20-02A SATCOM Data Mode (If Installed) (procedures do not require
SATCOM datalink)
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
● Outside VHF coverage:
ATC datalink applications (ADS-C, CPDLC, DCL, OCL and D-ATIS) over ACARS are not
available.
Associated ATC datalink Required Communication / Surveillance Performance (RCP 240
and above for CPDLC and RSP 180 and above for ADS-C) capabilities are lost.
For more information on aircraft capability on ATC datalink communication,
Refer to FCOM/DSC-46-10-10 Overview.
‐ ATC datalink applications (ADS-C, CPDLC, DCL, OCL and D-ATIS) over ACARS are not
available.
Associated ATC datalink Required Communication / Surveillance Performance (RCP
240 and above for CPDLC and RSP 180 and above for ADS-C) capabilities are lost.
‐ As an alternate procedure, ATC may permit the use of SATCOM or HF voice
communication on alternate route that does not require FANS A aircraft capability.
23-20-03 HF Datalink
Applicable to : ALL
23-20-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 1 0
May be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
23-20-04B Procedures do not require ATC datalink
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 1 0 (o)
May be inoperative provided that procedures do not require ATC datalink.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 23-20-04B VHF Datalink (procedures do not require ATC datalink)
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
● For operations that use FANS A aircraft capability:
● If SATCOM datalink is operative:
Within VHF coverage, if SATCOM datalink is not permitted as an alternate subnetwork:
‐ CPDLC over ACARS is lost
‐ RCP 130, RCP 240 and above for CPDLC over ACARS capability is lost.
● If SATCOM datalink is inoperative:
‐ ATC datalink applications (ADS-C, CPDLC, DCL, OCL and D-ATIS) over ACARS are
lost
‐ Required Communication / Surveillance Performance (RCP 130, RCP 240 and above
for CPDLC and RSP 160, RSP 180 and above for ADS-C) capabilities are lost.
● For operations that use FANS B aircraft capability:
● If SATCOM datalink is operative:
‐ CPDLC over ATN is lost
‐ Required Communication Performance (RCP 130 for CPDLC) capability is lost.
● If SATCOM datalink is inoperative:
AAR A330 FLEET 2-23-20 P 2/4
MEL 30OCT19
MEL ITEMS
23 - COMMUNICATIONS
23-10 - Speech Communication
‐ Alternate procedures for ATC communications: ATC permits the use voice
communication for operations that require FANS B aircraft capability.
● If SATCOM datalink is inoperative:
‐ CPDLC over ATN is lost
‐ ATC datalink applications (DCL, OCL and D-ATIS) over ACARS are lost
‐ Required Communication Performance (RCP 130 for CPDLC) capability is lost
‐ Alternate procedures for ATC communications: ATC permits the use voice
communication for operations that require FANS B aircraft capability.
Applicable to : ALL
23-40-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (o)
May be inoperative provided that the ventilation of the pack bay and avionics compartment is
monitored from the cockpit during ground operations.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 23-40-01A Ground External Horn (Mechanic Call Horn)
Applicable to : ALL
ON GROUND
The ventilation of the following systems must be monitored in the cockpit:
When at least one air conditioning pack is operating:
Check the absence of ECAM alerts related to the ventilation of the pack bay.
When the aircraft electrical network is supplied:
Check the absence of ECAM alerts related to the ventilation of the avionics
compartment.
ALTERNATE PROCEDURE FOR COCKPIT TO GROUND CALLS
When the communications are interrupted or additional failures occur, use hand signals for
“Remove external power”, “Remove chocks”, “Shut down engines” and etc. Confirm with ground
crew for required hand signal on ICAO rule.
Applicable to : ALL
23-40-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- 1 1
Must be operative for each person on cockpit duty.
Applicable to : ALL
23-40-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (o)
May be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 23-40-03A Flight Crew to Ground Communication System
Applicable to : ALL
1. Use flight interphone for communications with ground crew during handling operations (jack is
available at the external power receptacle).
2. If communications still cannot be established, use hand signals for “ok to start engine”, “gear
pins out”, “”ok to taxi”, “shut down”, and etc.
3. Confirm with ground crew for required hand signal based on ICAO rule (refer to ATC section of
the Jeppesen) and if necessary, closely consult with ground crew for exceptional hand signal.
4. There must be no other inoperative system required to contact ground crew by using flight
interphone.
Applicable to : ALL
23-40-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D - 0
One or more may be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
23-40-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0
Ground to cockpit calls may be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
23-51-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0
May be inoperative
23-51-02 Headset/Boomset
Applicable to : ALL
23-51-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 4 -
One boomset (headset with boom microphone) must be operative for each crewmember on
duty.
Applicable to : ALL
23-51-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 3 0
One or more may be inoperative or missing or removed.
Applicable to : ALL
23-51-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 1
One may be inoperative provided that at least one crewmember on cockpit duty wears a boomset
for the entire flight
Applicable to : ALL
23-51-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0 (m)
One or both may be inoperative in the open position (non transmitting position) provided that the
INT/RAD sw on CAPT ACP, on F/O ACP and on ACP 3 are operative.
Note : Apply the maintenance procedure only when the inoperative sidestick PTT sw is failed in the
closed position (transmitting position).
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 23-51-00-040-801
Applicable to : ALL
23-52-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 1 (o)
One may be inoperative provided that:
1) ACP 3 is operative, and
2) The AUDIO SWITCHING selector is operative.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 23-52-01A CAPT and F/O ACP
Applicable to : ALL
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
To recover the audio channel on the affected side:
AUDIO SWITCHING selector ……………………………………. CAPT ON 3 (F/O ON 3)
23-52-02 ACP 3
Applicable to : ALL
23-52-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0
May be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
23-52-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 35 30
One may be inoperative on each ACP provided that:
1) VHF 1 transmission key is operative either on CAPT ACP or on F/O ACP, and
2) If HF is required, HF 1 transmission key is operative either on CAPT ACP or on F/O ACP.
Applicable to : ALL
23-52-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 15 0
One may be inoperative on each ACP provided that:
1) VHF 1 reception knob is operative either on CAPT ACP or on F/O ACP, and
2) If HF is required, HF 1 reception knob is operative either on CAPT ACP or on F/O ACP.
Applicable to : ALL
23-52-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 15 0
One or more may be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
23-53-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0
May be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
23-71-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
A 1 0
May be inoperative for three calendar days or eight flights, whichever occurs first provided that
Flight Data Recorder(FDR) operates normally.
Applicable to : ALL
23-73-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- 1 1
The CIDS function must be operative :
Note :
1. This MEL Item relates to complete failure of the CIDS function (Failure of both CIDS
Directors)
2. Failure of one CIDS director is indicated by a MAINTENANCE message on the STATUS
SD page.
3. In the case of disturbance of the CIDS function, deactivation of the affected CIDS director
may recover normal operation of the CIDS function.
AMM 23-73-00-040-802
Applicable to : ALL
23-73-02-01A Affected seat occupied
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 38 - (o)
One or more may be inoperative and affected passenger seat may be occupied provided that:
1) The passenger announcement can be clearly heard in the affected cabin area during the flight,
and
2) The passenger address system is used to alert the passengers when return to seat is
requested, seat belts should be fastened and smoking is prohibited.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 23-73-02-01A Cabin DEU A
Applicable to : ALL
GENERAL INFORMATION
On the affected cabin area:
- The general cabin illumination is set to full brightness,
- Passenger call is not available,
- The (No Smoking/Fasten Seat Belt) Signs are continuously on for the whole flight.
IN FLIGHT
When return to seat is requested,
or
When seat belts should be fastened,
or
When smoking is prohibited:
Use the passenger address system to alert the cabin attendants and passengers.
Applicable to : ALL
23-73-02-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 9 0
One or more may be inoperative provided that the affected lavatory is closed and placarded
inoperative.
Refer to Item 33-20-02 Lavatory Sign (Return to Seat)
Applicable to : ALL
23-73-03-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 9 4 (o)
One or more may be inoperative provided that:
1) One DEU B and associated handset are operative at each pair of floor level exit doors, and
2) The slide bottle pressure and door bottle pressure associated with each affected DEU B are
checked by direct reading on the associated pressure gauge before the first flight of each
day.
Refer to Item 25-62-04 CHECK SLIDE PRESSURE message on the FAP - Cabin Exit , and
Refer to Item 52-10-06 CHECK DOOR PRESSURE Message on the FAP
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 23-73-03-01A Cabin DEU B
Applicable to : ALL
Check the associated handset are operative at each pair of floor level exit doors,and the slide
bottle pressure and door bottle pressure associated with each affected DEU B are checked by
direct reading on the associated pressure gauge before the first flight of each day.
Refer to Item 25-62-04 and Item 52-10-06 (o) procedure.
Applicable to : ALL
TR
23-73-04-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 9 0
One or more may be inoperative.
TO
R
FE
RE
-
D
LI
VA
IN
Applicable to : ALL
TR
23-73-04-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 298 or 290 or 275 0
One or more may be inoperative.
Note : There are totally 298 seats (HL7792, HL7794, HL8259, HL8282, HL8286, HL8293)
TO
or 290 seats (HL7736, HL7740, HL7741, HL7746, HL7747, HL7754, HL7793)
or
275 seats (HL7795, HL8258).
R
FE
RE
-
D
LI
VA
IN
Applicable to : ALL
23-73-04-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 9 0
One or more may be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
23-73-04-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 298 or 290 or 275 0
One or more may be inoperative.
Note : There are totally 298 seats (HL7792, HL7793, HL7794, HL7795, HL8259, HL8282, HL8286,
HL8293)
or 290 seats (HL7736, HL7740, HL7741, HL7746, HL7747, HL7754)
or
275 seats (HL8258).
Applicable to : ALL
23-73-05-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 80 50 (o)
One or more may be inoperative provided that no seat is occupied from which a passenger cannot
clearly hear a passenger announcement.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 23-73-05-01A Cabin Loudspeaker
Applicable to : ALL
Ensure that the passengers occupying the affected seats can clearly hear the passenger
address announcements.
Otherwise, the affected seat must not be occupied and must be placarded inoperative.Refer to
Item 25-20-01 Cabin Passenger Seat
Note: When one loudspeaker adjacent to the inoperative loudspeaker is operative, it ensures
that passengers can hear passenger announcements.
Applicable to : ALL
23-73-05-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 9 0 (o)
One or more may be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 23-73-05-02A Lavatory Loudspeaker
Applicable to : ALL
Flight crew and/or flight attendant should be informed of inoperative lavatory.
Applicable to : ALL
23-73-06-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0
May be inoperative provided that the cockpit ACP is used for communication between the cockpit
and the cabin.
Applicable to : ALL
23-73-06-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 8 4 (o)
One or more may be inoperative provided that one handset is operative at each pair of floor level
exit doors.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 23-73-06-02A Cabin Handset
Applicable to : ALL
Set up the alternate normal procedures and emergency procedures before departure for the use of
one handset per pair of floor level exit door. To define the handset location to be used by the
Purser, if necessary.
Applicable to : ALL
23-73-07-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 1 0 (o)
May be inoperative.
Note: Application of the MEL is not necessary if only the music reproducer function of
the PRAM is inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 23-73-07-01A Prerecorded Announcement and Music Reproducer (PRAM)
Applicable to : ALL
1. Brief cabin attendant prior to flight of the procedure to replace the prerecorded announcement.
Necessary demonstration equipments must be provided onboard.
2. Refer to cabin attendant Inflight Announcement Manual.
Applicable to : ALL
23-73-08-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 1 0
May be inoperative or missing.
Applicable to : ALL
23-74-01B
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (o)
May be inoperative provided that the safety related messages on FAP are considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 52-10-06 CHECK DOOR PRESSURE Message on the FAP
Refer to Item 25-62-04 CHECK SLIDE PRESSURE message on the FAP - Cabin Exit
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 23-74-01B FAP Display Unit
Applicable to : ALL
GENERAL INFORMATION
The cabin lighting may be dimmed through the AAP (if operative).
Applicable to : ALL
23-74-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- 1 1
No dispatch without taking corrective action.
Applicable to : ALL
23-74-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 7 0
One or more may be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
23-74-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- - -
Refer to Item 52-10-06 CHECK DOOR PRESSURE Message on the FAP
Applicable to : ALL
23-74-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- - -
Refer to Item 25-62-04 CHECK SLIDE PRESSURE message on the FAP - Cabin Exit
Applicable to : ALL
23-74-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 9 0
One or more may be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
23-74-08A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 1 0
May be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
23-74-09A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 1 0
May be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
23-81-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 3 2
RMP 2 or RMP 3 may be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
23-81-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 6 5
One may be inoperative on each RMP provided that:
1) VHF 1 selection key is operative on RMP 1, and
2) If HF 1 is required, HF 1 selection key is operative on RMP 1.
24-01-01-01 BAT 1(2) pb-sw FAULT light and APU BAT pb-sw FAULT light
Applicable to : ALL
24-01-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 3 0
One or more may be inoperative.
24-01-01-02 BAT 1(2) pb-sw OFF light and APU BAT pb-sw OFF light
Applicable to : ALL
24-01-01-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 3 0
One or more may be inoperative.
24-01-01-03 GEN pb-sw FAULT light and APU GEN pb-sw FAULT light
Applicable to : ALL
24-01-01-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 3 1
One GEN pb-sw FAULT light and/or APU GEN pb-sw FAULT light may be inoperative provided
that the associated generator indications are operative on the ELEC AC SD page.
24-01-01-04 GEN pb-sw OFF light and APU GEN pb-sw OFF light
Applicable to : ALL
24-01-01-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 3 0
One or more may be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
24-01-01-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0
May be inoperative provided that the AC ESS bus indication is operative on the ELEC AC SD
page.
Applicable to : ALL
24-01-01-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0
May be inoperative provided that the AC ESS bus indication is operative on the ELEC AC SD
page.
Applicable to : ALL
24-01-01-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (o)
May be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 24-01-01-07A EXT A pb-sw AVAIL light
Applicable to : ALL
BEFORE PUSHBACK
Confirm the external power disconnection either on the ELEC AC SD page or with the ground
crew.
Applicable to : ALL
24-01-01-08A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0
May be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
24-01-01-09A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (o)
May be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 24-01-01-09A EXT B pb-sw AVAIL light
Applicable to : ALL
BEFORE PUSHBACK
Confirm the external power disconnection either on the ELEC AC SD page or with the ground
crew.
Applicable to : ALL
24-01-01-10A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0
May be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
24-01-01-11A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (m)
May be inoperative provided that:
1) For each generator channel, the AC load indication is operative on the ELEC AC SD page, and
2) The automatic shedding is checked operative.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 24-27-00-040-801
Applicable to : ALL
24-01-01-12A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0
May be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
24-01-01-13A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0
May be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
24-01-01-14A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0
May be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
24-01-01-15A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 1
One may be inoperative provided that the associated frequency and oil temperature indications are
operative on the ELEC AC SD page.
Applicable to : ALL
24-01-01-16A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0
One or both may be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
24-01-02-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0
May be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
24-01-02-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0
May be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
24-07-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 6 3 (m)
One or more indications related to AC generation may be inoperative provided that:
1) The load, voltage, and frequency indications are operative on one engine driven generator,
and
2) The ELEC GEN FAULT alerts are operative, and
3) The automatic shedding is checked operative.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 24-27-00-040-802
Applicable to : ALL
24-07-01-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 10 0
One or more may be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
24-07-02-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 18 0
One or more may be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
24-09-01A False alert
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 1 (o)
One may be displayed on the EWD provided that the alert is confirmed to be false by
troubleshooting.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 24-09-01A ELEC IDG DISCONNECTED Alert
Applicable to : ALL
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
Disregard the associated ELEC IDG 1(2) DISCONNECTED alert displayed on the EWD.
Applicable to : ALL
24-09-03A False alert
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 1 (m)
One may be displayed on the EWD provided that the following two conditions are checked before
the first MEL dispatch and then every day (For EDTO , the check must be made before each
flight):
1) The associated IDG oil circuit is checked operative, and
2) The sight glass of the affected IDG shows a correct oil level.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 24-22-00-040-802
Applicable to : ALL
24-22-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 1 (o)(m)
One may be inoperative provided that:
1) EDTO beyond 180 min is not conducted, and
2) The APU and AC auxiliary generation are operative and used throughout the flight, and
3) All busses have power, and
4) The indications for the remaining AC main generation and the AC auxiliary generation are
checked operative on the ELEC AC SD page , and
5) The ELEC IDG 1(2) OIL SYS FAULT alert associated with the IDG of the operative AC main
generation is not displayed on the EWD , and
6) The FUEL APU AFT PUMP FAULT alert is not displayed on the EWD , and
7) When the AC main generation 2 is inoperative, the automatic switching of the essential
electrical network power supply from AC BUS 1 to AC BUS 2 is checked operative before the
first MEL dispatch and then every day, and
8) The aft APU pump shedding in the land recovery configuration is checked operative before the
first MEL dispatch and checked again one time every week, and
9) The APU oil quantity is checked to be adequate before each flight
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 24-22-00-040-801
(o) OpsProc 24-22-01A AC Main Generation (IDG, GCU, Line Contactor)
Applicable to : ALL
GENERAL INFORMATION
When the AC main generation 2 is inoperative
The heating system of the lower deck cabin ◁ is not available.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The APU and the AC auxiliary generation are required to be used throughout the flight. In that
respect, for the extra fuel required for the APU use:
Refer to FCOM/PER-FPL-GEN-MFR MINIMUM RECOMMENDED FUEL REQUIREMENTS.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
Check that the ELEC IDG 1(2) OIL SYS FAULT alert associated with the IDG of the operative
AC main generation is not displayed on the EWD .
Check that the FUEL APU AFT PUMP FAULT alert is not displayed on the EWD .
AAR A330 FLEET 2-24-22 P 1/3
MEL 15JUN17
MEL ITEMS
24 - ELECTRICAL POWER
24-22 - AC Main Generation
Applicable to : ALL
24-22-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- 1 1
Must be operative.
Applicable to : ALL
24-23-01A APU not used
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 -
May be inoperative provided that:
1) EDTO beyond 180 min is not conducted, and
2) The APU is considered inoperative..
Refer to Item 49-10-01 Power Plant (APU)
Applicable to : ALL
24-24-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- 1 1
Must be operative
Applicable to : ALL
24-25-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (o)
May be inoperative provided that:
1) The AC ESS FEED pb-sw is in its normal position, and
2) The three DC TIE contactors are operative.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 24-25-01A Automatic Transfer of AC ESS FEED Control to AC BUS 2 / AC BUS 2-4
Applicable to : ALL
IN FLIGHT
In the case of failure of the AC BUS 1:
- EMER GEN pb-sw ………………………………………………………………….... On
- ECAM/ND SWITCHING selector ………………………………………………….. F/O
Applicable to : ALL
24-25-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (o)
May be inoperative provided that:
1) EDTO is not conducted, and
2) The AC ESS FEED pb-sw is in the norm position, and
3) The three DC TIE contactors are operative.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 24-25-02A Manual Transfer (ALTN Function) of AC ESS FEED Control to AC BUS 2
/ AC BUS 2-4
Applicable to : ALL
IN FLIGHT
In the case of failure of the AC BUS 1:
- EMER GEN pb-sw …………………………………………………………………….. On
- ECAM/ND SWITCHING selector ……………………………………………………. F/O
Applicable to : ALL
24-25-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- 1 1
Must be operative.
Applicable to : ALL
24-26-01A Automatic load shed system inoperative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0
Automatic load shed system may be inoperative provided that the GALLEY pb-sw and GALLEY
pb-sw FAULT light in the cockpit are operative.
Applicable to : ALL
24-26-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0
May be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
24-28-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- 1 1
Must be operative.
Applicable to : ALL
24-29-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C- 2 1 (m)
One may be inoperative provided that the AC and DC transfer functions are checked operative on
both sides.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 24-29-00-040-801
Applicable to : ALL
24-32-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- 2 2
Both must be operative.
Applicable to : ALL
24-32-02A EDTO 180 min
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (o)
May be inoperative provided that:
1) EDTO beyond 180 is not conducted, and
2) The APU is considered inoperative for the in-flight start.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 24-32-02A DC Main Generation (APU TR) (APU considered inoperative for in-flight
start)
Applicable to : ALL
ON GROUND
The APU can only be started with the APU battery.
If the APU is needed:
BAT sw ……………………………………………………………………………………. APU
On the battery voltage indicator, check that the APU battery voltage is equal or above 25.5 V
If the APU voltage is less than 25.5 V :
The APU battery must be charged, or
The APU is considered inoperative. Refer to Item 49-10-01 Power Plant (APU)
If the APU voltage is equal to or above 25.5 V :
APU MASTER SW pb-sw …………………………………………… AS REQUIRED
Note : In the case of cold temperature, it might be not possible to start the APU with the
APU battery. In that case, the APU is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 49-10-01 Power Plant (APU)
IN FLIGHT
It is not possible to start the APU with the APU battery.
Applicable to : ALL
24-34-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- 1 1
Must be operative.
Applicable to : ALL
24-35-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- 1 1
Must be operative.
24-35-02 DC TIE Contactor 1PC2 (DC BUS 2-DC BAT BUS), 4PC (DC ESS
BUS-DC BAT BUS)
Applicable to : ALL
24-35-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 1
One may be inoperative in the open position.
Applicable to : ALL
24-38-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- 2 2
Both must be operative.
Applicable to : ALL
24-38-02A APU start with AC power operative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (o)
May be inoperative provided that the APU start with AC power is checked operative.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 24-38-02A APU Battery Channel (APU start with AC power)
Applicable to : ALL
DURING PRELIMINARY COCKPIT PREPARATION
Check that the APU start using the AC power is operative:
- APU BAT pb-sw …………………………………………………………………………….. OFF
- Perform an APU start using the AC power.
Applicable to : ALL
24-38-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- 2 2
Both must be operative.
Applicable to : ALL
24-38-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0
May be inoperative provided that the APU battery channel is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 24-38-02 APU Battery Channel
Applicable to : ALL
24-38-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 3 0
One or more may be inoperative provided that the associated voltage indication is operative on the
ELEC DC SD page.
Applicable to : ALL
24-41-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0
May be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
24-41-02A One inoperative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 2 1 (m)
One may be inoperative provided that the affected receptacle is placarded inoperative and not
used.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 24-41-00-040-801
Applicable to : ALL
24-53-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (m)
May be inoperative provided that all circuit breakers are checked closed in the electrical
compartment bay (main and emergency power centers).
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 24-53-00-040-801
Applicable to : ALL
25-07-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 8 0
One or more may be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
25-11-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- 2 2
Both must be operative.
Applicable to : ALL
25-11-02A Associated electrical control operative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0
One or both may be inoperative provided that the associated electrical control is operative.
Applicable to : ALL
25-11-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 3 0
One or more may be inoperative provided that the seating position is acceptable to the affected
crewmember.
Applicable to : ALL
25-11-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0 (m)
One or both may be inoperative provided that the electrical adjustment of the associated seat is
deactivated.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 25-11-00-040-801
Applicable to : ALL
25-11-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
A 2 1 (o)
May be inoperative on the F/O seat for three flights.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 25-11-05A Pilot Seat Shoulder Harness
Applicable to : ALL
BEFORE TAKEOFF
The takeoff briefing should include the status of the affected seat and the position to be adopted
by the F/O in the case of RTO.
To cope with any potential RTO:
The F/O must tightly fasten operative harness strap.
IN FLIGHT
For any phase of flight in turbulence atmosphere:
The F/O must fasten the belts accordingly.
BEFORE LANDING
The landing briefing should include the status of the affected seat and the position to be adopted
by the F/O in the case of high deceleration at landing.
To cope with any potential high deceleration at landing:
The F/O must tightly fasten operative harness straps.
Applicable to : ALL
25-11-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0 (o)
One or both may be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 25-11-06A Pilot Seat Fifth Strap
Applicable to : ALL
IN FLIGHT
To cope with any potential turbulence situation:
The crewmember of the affected seat must tightly fasten the operative harness straps.
Applicable to : ALL
25-11-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0
One or both may be inoperative provided that the associated armrest position is acceptable to the
affected crewmember.
Applicable to : ALL
25-11-08A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0
One or both may be inoperative provided that the associated armrest position is acceptable to the
affected crewmember.
Applicable to : ALL
25-11-09A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0
One or both may be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
25-11-10A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0
One or both may be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
25-11-11A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 2 0
One or both may be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
25-12-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 1 0
May be inoperative provided that the seat is not occupied.
Applicable to : ALL
25-12-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 1 0
May be inoperative and the seat may be occupied provided that the seat is locked in its fully aft
position.
Applicable to : ALL
25-12-03A Seat locked and occupied during the entire flight
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (o)
May be inoperative and the seat may be occupied during the entire flight, including takeoff and
landing, provided that the seat is locked in its fully aft position during takeoff and landing.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 25-12-03A Third Occupant Seat Shoulder Harness
Applicable to : ALL
BEFORE TAKEOFF
The takeoff briefing should include the status of the third occupant seat and the position to be
adopted by the third occupant in the case of RTO.
To cope with any potential RTO:
The third occupant must tightly fasten operative harness strap.
IN FLIGHT
For any phase of flight in turbulence atmosphere:
The third occupant must fasten the belts accordingly.
BEFORE LANDING
The landing briefing should include the status of the third occupant seat and the position to be
adopted by the third occupant in the case of high deceleration at landing.
To cope with any potential high deceleration at landing:
The third occupant must tightly fasten operative harness straps.
Applicable to : ALL
25-12-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 1 0
May be inoperative provided that the seat is not occupied.
Applicable to : ALL
25-12-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 1 0 (o)
May be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 25-12-05A Third Occupant Seat Fifth Strap
Applicable to : ALL
IN FLIGHT
To cope with any potential turbulence situation:
The third occupant must tightly fasten the operative harness straps.
Applicable to : ALL
25-12-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 1 0
May be inoperative provided that the seat is not occupied.
Applicable to : ALL
25-12-07A 'C' repair interval
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (o)
May be inoperative and the seat may be occupied.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 25-12-07A Fourth Occupant Seat Shoulder Harness
Applicable to : ALL
BEFORE TAKEOFF
The takeoff briefing should include the status of the fourth occupant seat and the position to be
adopted by the fourth occupant in the case of RTO.
To cope with any potential RTO:
The fourth occupant must tightly fasten operative harness strap.
IN FLIGHT
For any phase of flight in turbulence atmosphere:
The fourth occupant must fasten the belts accordingly.
BEFORE LANDING
The landing briefing should include the status of the fourth occupant seat and the position to be
adopted by the fourth occupant in the case of high deceleration at landing.
To cope with any potential high deceleration at landing:
The fourth occupant must tightly fasten operative harness straps.
Applicable to : ALL
25-12-08A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 1 0
May be inoperative provided that the seat is not occupied.
Applicable to : ALL
25-12-09A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 1 0 (o)
May be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 25-12-09A Fourth Occupant Seat Fifth Strap
Applicable to : ALL
IN FLIGHT
To cope with any potential turbulence situation:
The fourth occupant must tightly fasten the operative harness straps.
Applicable to : ALL
25-13-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 2 0 (m)
One or both may be inoperative in its stowed position or removed.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 25-13-00-040-801
Applicable to : ALL
25-13-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 4 0 (m)
One or more may be inoperative in its stowed position or removed.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 25-13-00-040-802
Applicable to : ALL
25-15-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 2 0
One or both may be inoperative.
Note : There are two pairs of foot warmers for CAP and F/O.
Applicable to : ALL
25-20-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D - 0
One or more may be inoperative provided that the associated seat is not used.:
Applicable to : ALL
25-20-02A Backrest secured in the upright position and affected seat operative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D - - (m)
One or more may be inoperative provided that:
1) The backrest of the associated seat is secured in the upright position, and
2) The associated seat recline mechanism is deactivated..
. Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task 25-21-00-040-802
25-20-02B Backrest secured in the upright position and affected seat considered inoperative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D - - (m)
One or more may be inoperative provided that::
1) The backrest of the associated seat is secured in the upright position, and
2) The seat with the inoperative backrest is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 25-20-01 Passenger Seat
. Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task 25-21-00-040-803
provided that:
1) The affected cabin door is considered inoperative
Refer to Item 52-10-01 Cabin Door, and
2) The seat with the inoperative backrest is considered inoperative
Refer to Item 25-20-01 Passenger Seat, and
3) The seats with restricted access to the main aisle are considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 25-20-01 Passenger Seat
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 25-20-02F Passenger Seat Backrest (Affected Cabin Door Considered
Inoperative)
Applicable to : ALL
The cabin crew need to ensure that:
‐ The seat with the inoperative backrest is placarded inoperative and not used, and
‐ The seats with restricted access to the main aisle due to the inoperative backrest are placarded
inoperative and not used.
Applicable to : ALL
25-20-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D - -
One or more may be inoperative provided that the associated seat is considered
inoperative. Refer to Item 25-20-01 Passenger Seat
Applicable to : ALL
25-20-05A Affected armrest inoperative in the required position for Taxi, Takeoff, and
Landing
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D - -
One or more may be inoperative provided that the affected armrest is inoperative in the
required position for Taxi, Takeoff, and Landing..
Applicable to : ALL
25-20-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D - - (o)
One or more may be inoperative provided that:
1) Baggage is not stowed under the associated seat, and
2) The associated seat is placarded "DO NOT STOW BAGGAGE UNDER THIS SEAT".
. Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 25-20-06A Underseat Baggage Restraining Bar
Applicable to : ALL
Ensure cabin crewmembers are briefed about affected seats position.
25-20-07B Meal table not stowed and affected seats considered inoperative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D - - (o)
One or more may be inoperative provided that:
1) The meal table of the associated seat does not block the access to a cabin
door, and
2) The seats with restricted access to the main aisle are considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 25-20-01 Passenger Seat
. Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 25-20-07B Passenger Seat Meal Table (Affected Seats Considered
Inoperative)r
Applicable to : ALL
Before door close, flight crew notify cabin crew about that
‐ The seat affected by the inoperative meal table is placarded inoperative and not used, and
‐ The seats with restricted access to the main aisle due to the inoperative meal table are
placarded inoperative and not used.
25-20-07C Meal table not stowed and affected cabin door considered inoperative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
A - - (o)
One or more meal table affecting the access to any cabin door may be
inoperative for 5 flights provided that::
1) The affected cabin door is considered inoperative
Refer to Item 52-10-01 Cabin Door, and
2) The seats with restricted access to the main aisle are considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 25-20-01 Passenger Seat
. Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 25-20-07C Passenger Seat Meal Table (Affected Cabin Door Considered
Inoperative)
Applicable to : ALL
Before door close, flight crew notify cabin crew about that:
‐ The seat affected by the inoperative meal table is placarded inoperative and not used, and
‐ The seats with restricted access to the main aisle due to the inoperative meal table are
placarded inoperative and not used.
Applicable to : ALL
Note : A cabin attendant seat with an inoperative or missing seat belt or harness must be considered
inoperative.
The cabin attendant assigned to the affected seat must occupy a passenger seat as close to or
closer than the nearest seated passenger to the associated exit.
25-20-08B Required cabin attendant seat inoperative using a non-required cabin attendant seat
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 8 7 (m)(o)
One required cabin attendant seats may be inoperative or not usable provided that :
1) The affected seat is not used, and
2) The cabin attendant assigned to affected seat occupies the adjacent non-required cabin
attendant seat or the cabin attendant seat that is nearest to the associated exit, and
3) The non-required cabin attendant seat to be used by cabin attendant is correctly placarded,
and
4) The cabin attendnant can reach assigned exit and emergency equipment in nearly the same
time as from normally assigned seat, and
5) The direct view of passengers by cabin attendants is not impaired, and
6) The alternate procedures are established for displaced cabin attendant according to national
regulations, and
7) If the seat assembly mechanism is inoperative, the affected seat is secured in its stowed
position or removed.
8) The position of the required cabin attendant seats is that : L1B, R1, L2A, R2, L3, R3, L4, R4
. Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 25-22-00-040-801
(o) OpsProc 25-20-08B Required Cabin Attendant Seat
Applicable to : ALL
ALTERNATE PROCEDURE
The cabin attendant assigned to the affected seat must occupy a passenger seat as close to or
closer that the nearest seated passenger to the associated exit.
GENERAL INFORMATION
The direct view of passenger cabin by flight attendants pertains to direct visual contact between
the flight attendant and the passenger cabin. It is considered that at least 80% of the total
number of passenger seats installed, and 50% of the seats in each divided zone, should be
visible to flight attendants.
ALTERNATE PROCEDURES
The cabin attendant assigned to the affected seat must occupy a passenger seat as close to or
closer that the nearest seated passenger to the associated exit.
GENERAL INFORMATION
The direct view of passenger cabin by flight attendants pertains to direct visual contact between
the flight attendant and the passenger cabin. It is considered that at least 80% of the total
AAR A330 FLEET 2-25-12 P 11/12
MEL 30OCT19
MEL ITEMS
25 - EQUIPMENT/FURNISHING
25-20 - Cabin Seats
number of passenger seats installed, and 50% of the seats in each divided zone, should be
visible to flight attendants.
Applicable to : ALL
25-35-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 3 0 (o)(m)
One or more may be inoperative or missing provided that:
1) The galley waste compartment is empty, and
2) The associated access is secured to prevent waste introduction.
Note : Non-safety related galley equipment is not listed in this MEL
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 25-35-00-040-801
(o) OpsProc 25-35-01A Galley Waste Compartment Flapper Door
Applicable to : ALL
Before departure ensure that sufficient galley waste receptacles are available to accommodate
all waste that may be generated on a flight.
Applicable to : ALL
25-35-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 3 0 (o)(m)
One or more may be inoperative provided that:
1) The galley waste compartment is empty, and
2) The associated flapper door and access doors are secured to prevent waste introduction,
and
Note : Non-safety related galley equipment is not listed in this MEL
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task 25-35-00-040-803
(o) Refer to OpsProc 25-35-02A Galley Waste Compartment Access Door (If Installed)
Applicable to : ALL
Before departure, ensure that sufficient galley waste receptacles are available to accommodate
all waste that may be generated on a flight.
Applicable to : ALL
25-40-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 9 0 (o)(m)
One or more may be inoperative or missing provided that:
1) The toilet waste compartment is empty, and
2) The associated access is secured to prevent waste introduction.
Note : Non-safety related toilet equipment is not listed in this MEL
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 25-40-00-040-801
(o) OpsProc 25-40-01A Toilet Waste Compartment Flapper Door
Applicable to : ALL
Cabin crew members are aware which toilet waste compartment is unusable.
Applicable to : ALL
25-40-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 9 0
One or more may be damaged or missing provided that the flight is non-smoking.
Applicable to : ALL
25-40-03A Lavatory Fire Extinguishing System operative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 9 0
One or more may be damaged or missing provided that the associated lavatory fire extinguishing
system is operative.
Applicable to : ALL
25-40-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 9 0 (o)(m)
One or more may be inoperative provided that:
1) The toilet waste compartment is empty, and
2) The associated flapper and access doors are secured to prevent waste introduction, and
Before departure, brief cabin crew that the toilet waste compartment is not usable and discuss
the use of affected lavatory.
In case the affected lavatory is used, Cabin crew should periodically check the absence of
smoke in the affected lavatory for potential fire watch.
Applicable to : ALL
25-50-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
FWD : 61,
C AFT : 47 0
Bulk : 6
One or more may be damaged or missing provided that the associated lower deck cargo
compartment is empty or does not contain flammable or combustible materials.
Applicable to : ALL
25-50-02A Damaged Lining Panel
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
Ceiling Panel
FWD : 26,
AFT : 21,
Bulk : 6
Sidewall Panel
FWD : 31,
C 0
AFT : 24,
Bulk : 21
Partition
FWD : 10,
AFT : 5,
Bulk : 3
One or more may be damaged provided that the associated lower deck cargo compartment is
empty or does not contain flammable or combustible materials.
Applicable to : ALL
25-50-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- - -
Refer to Weight and Balance Manual(Chapter 1., 10. Limitation) for cargo loading limits.
Contact OCC for Load Master or Center of Load Control (CLC).
Applicable to : ALL
25-50-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- - -
Refer to the Weight and Balance Manual(Chapter 1., 10. Limitation) for cargo loading limits.
Contact OCC for Load Master or Center of Load Control (CLC).
Applicable to : ALL
25-62-01A Slide inoperative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
A 8 7
One may be inoperative for 5 flights provided that the associated exit is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 52-10-01 Cabin Door
Applicable to : ALL
25-62-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 8 0
One or more may be inoperative.
Applicable to : HL7792, HL7793, HL7794, HL7795, HL8258, HL8259, HL8282, HL8286, HL8293
Applicable to : ALL
25-62-04A Check of the associated slide bottle pressure
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 8 0 (o)
One or more may be inoperative provided that the associated slide bottle pressure is checked
before the first flight of each day.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 25-62-04A CHECK SLIDE PRESSURE Message on the FAP - Cabin Door
Applicable to : ALL
BEFORE PASSENGER BOARDING
CAUTION Before application of the following check :
Ensure that the transport safety-pin is not installed.
Check of the pressure of the slide bottle by direct reading on the gauge:
If the pointer is located in the green zone :
The slide bottle pressure is acceptable.
If the pointer is located in the red zone :
and
If the pointer does not fall more than one cursor width below the lower cursor
edge,
and
If the escape slide/raft pack assembly has been exposed to positive temperature
changes (Moving from a cold to a warm environment) :
The slide bottle pressure may be considered as acceptable.
In all other cases :
Servicing is mandatory, or
The associated cabin passenger door is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 52-10-01 Cabin Door.
Applicable to : ALL
25-63-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 1 0 (o)
May be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 25-63-01A Emergency Evacuation Signaling System (COMMAND pb-sw, HORN
SHUT OFF pb, CAPT&PURS and CAPT sw)
Applicable to : ALL
GENERAL INFORMATION
If necessary, the information will be given through the passenger address system or the cabin
interphone system.
Applicable to : ALL
Applicable to : ALL
25-64-02B All Emergency Medical Kit inoperative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 1 0 (o)
One or more may be incomplete or missing provided that
1) The flight routes permit a landing within one hour at a suitable airport where medical assistance
is available.
2) Aircraft is not dispatched from Gimpo and Incheon airport.
3) Inoperative EMK is resealed in a manner that will identify it as a unit that can not be mistaken for
a fully serviceable unit.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to followings.
Applicable to : ALL
Flight crew brief that EMK is incomplete, missing or inoperative, inform flight attendant to reseal
the EMK.
Applicable to : ALL
25-64-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
A 1 0 (o)
Aircraft is not dispatched from Gimpo and Incheon airport.
Applicable to : ALL
25-64-04A 'A' repair Interval
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
A 3 1 (o)
Aircraft is not dispatched from Gimpo and Incheon airport.
May be incomplete, missing or inoperative provided that:
1) Inoperative UPK is resealed in a manner that will identify it as a unit that can not be mistaken
for a fully serviceable unit.
2) Repairs or replacements are made within 1 flight cycle.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to followings.
Applicable to : ALL
Flight crew brief that UPK is incomplete, missing or inoperative, inform flight attendant to reseal the
UPK.
Applicable to : ALL
25-65-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0
May be inoperative or missing provided that:
1) For day operations or
2) For night operations, the Captain and First Officer have an operable flashlight readily available.
Note : The Captain and First Officer must have an operable flashlight readily available
according to FOM 3.1.7.1.
Applicable to : ALL
25-65-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 12 8
One must be operative for each required cabin crewmember.
Applicable to : ALL
25-65-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- 1 1
Must be operative.
Applicable to : ALL
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 25-65-04B Survival Emergency Locator Transmitter (If Installed)
Applicable to : ALL
Flight crew need to inform cabin crewmembers of the location of the removed /missing portable
ELT.
Applicable to : ALL
25-65-07 Megaphone
Applicable to : ALL
25-65-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D - - (o)
One or more non-required megaphones may be inoperative or missing
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 25-65-07A Megaphone
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Depending on the number of passenger seats installed, the number of required megaphones is as
follows:
Number of Passenger seats installed Number of megaphones required
61 to 99 1
100 to 199 2
200 or more 3
Applicable to : ALL
25-65-08A No Overwater Flight
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 1 0
May be inoperative or missing provided that operations at a distance of more than 180 NM from
the shore are not conducted.
Applicable to : ALL
25-66-01A One life vest available for each occupant
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D - -
May be inoperative or missing provided that required distribution is maintained
Applicable to : ALL
26-01-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 16 8
A maximum of four bulbs or LEDs may be inoperative in each ENG FIRE-PUSH pb-sw
Applicable to : ALL
26-01-01-02A One inoperative on each engine
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 4 2 (m)
One may be inoperative on each engine provided that the associated fire extinguisher bottle is
checked to be correctly charged before the first flight of each day.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 26-21-00-040-805
Applicable to : ALL
26-01-01-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 4 0 (m)
One or more may be inoperative provided that it is determined that the failure is in the test circuit
only
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 26-21-00-040-806
Applicable to : ALL
26-01-01-31A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (m)
May be inoperative provided that it is determined that the failure is in the test circuit only
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task
Applicable to : ALL
26-01-02-01A A maximum of four bulbs or LED s inoperative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 8 4
A maximum of four bulbs or LED s may be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
26-01-02-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (m)
May be inoperative provided that the APU fire extinguisher bottle is checked to be correctly
charged before the first flight of each day.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 26-22-00-040-804
Applicable to : ALL
26-01-02-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (m)
May be inoperative provided that it is determined that the failure is in the test circuit only.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 26-22-00-040-801
Applicable to : ALL
26-01-02-31A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (m)
May be inoperative provided that it is determined that the failure is in the test circuit only.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 26-22-00-040-802
Applicable to : ALL
26-01-03-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0
May be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
26-01-03-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0
May be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
26-01-03-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0
One or both may be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
26-01-03-31A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0
May be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
26-01-04-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 1 0
May be inoperative
Applicable to : ALL
26-01-04-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 1 0
May be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
26-01-04-08A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 1 0
May be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
26-01-04-33A PAX SYS pb-sw locked in the on position
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 1 0 (o)(m)
May be inoperative in the on position provided that the associated Video Control Center (VCC) and
In-Flight Entertainment Center (IFEC) are deactivated..
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task
(o) OpsProc 26-01-04-33A PAX SYS pb-sw
Applicable to : ALL
The flight crew tells the cabin crew about the following (o) procedure
Required cabin crew should conduct demonstration at their designeated positions using
demonstration equipment. Cabin crew in charge should make the safety demonstration ANN
referring to cabin crew In-flight ANN Manual.
Applicable to : ALL
26-12-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
B 2 0 (o)
One may be inoperative on each engine provided that :
1) The associated engine fire detection loop B is operative, and
2) The engine fire test is made before each flight.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 26-12-01A Engine Fire Detection Loop
Applicable to : ALL
COCKPIT PREPARATION
The engine fire test is made before each flight
Applicable to : ALL
26-12-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0 (o)
One may be inoperative on each engine provided that the engine fire test is made of before each
flight.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 26-12-02A Engine Fire Detection Loop
Applicable to : ALL
COCKPIT PREPARATION
The engine fire test is made before each flight
Applicable to : ALL
26-12-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0
One or both may be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
26-13-01B Loop A inoperative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
B 2 1 (o)
APU fire detection loop A may be inoperative provided that the APU fire test is made before each
APU start
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 26-13-01B APU Fire Detection Loop on Ground
Applicable to : ALL
ON GROUND
The APU fire test is made before each APU start
Applicable to : ALL
26-13-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (o)
May be inoperative provided that :
1) EDTO beyond 180 min is not conducted, and
2) The APU is not used.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 26-13-02A APU Fire Detection Unit (FDU)
Applicable to : ALL
DURING PRELIMINARY COCKPIT PREPARATION
Do not use the APU.
APU MASTER SW pb-sw.............................................................................Off
No APU bleed air will be available for Main Engines Start (MES) or air conditioning.
No electrical power will be available from the APU generator.
Applicable to : ALL
26-16-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 4 0
Both detectors in one or both cavities may be inoperative provided that the FWD lower deck cargo
compartment is empty or does not contain flammable or combustible materials.
Note : Failure of a single detector in each cavity is indicated by a MAINTENANCE message on the
STATUS SD page.
26-16-02 Smoke Detector in the AFT and the BULK Lower Deck Cargo
Compartments
Applicable to : ALL
26-16-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 6 0
Both detectors in one or more cavities may be inoperative provided that the AFT and the BULK
lower deck cargo compartments are empty or do not contain flammable or combustible materials.
Note : Failure of a single detector in each cavity is indicated by a MAINTENANCE message on the
STATUS SD page.
Applicable to : ALL
26-17-01A Associated lavatory fire extinguishing system operative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
B 9 4 (o)(m)
One or more may be inoperative provided that:
1) The associated lavatory fire extinguishing system is checked operative before each flight, and
2) A procedure is used to check the absence of smoke in the associated lavatory every 15 min .
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 26-17-00-040-801
(o) OpsProc 26-17-01A Lavatory Smoke Detection System (Associated Lavatory in use)
Applicable to : ALL
Cabin crew should check absence of smoke in the affected lavatory every 15 minutes as the
follows :
- To prohibit smoking,and
- To prohibit carriage of inflammable or combustible materials.
Applicable to : ALL
26-18-10B
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 1 0 (m)
May be inoperative provided that the associated Video Control Center (VCC) is deactivated.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 26-18-00-040-803
Applicable to : ALL
26-18-11A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 1 0 (m)
May be inoperative provided that the In-Flight Entertainment Center (IFEC) is deactivated.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 26-18-00-040-804
Applicable to : ALL
26-22-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 1 0
May be inoperative provided that the APU condition is continuously monitored in the cockpit during
APU operation on ground.
Applicable to : ALL
26-22-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (m)
May be inoperative provided that the bottle pressure switch is checked operative before the first
flight of each day.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 26-22-00-040-805
Applicable to : ALL
26-22-03A One inoperative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 1 (m)
One may be inoperative provided that the remaining squib is checked operative before the first
flight of each day.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 26-22-00-040-806
Applicable to : ALL
26-22-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (o)
May be inoperative provided that:
1) EDTO beyond 180 min is not conducted, and
2) The APU is not used.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 26-22-04A APU Fire Extinguisher Bottle
Applicable to : ALL
DURING PRELIMINARY COCKPIT PREPARATION
Do not use the APU.
APU MASTER SW pb-sw....................................................................................................Off
No APU bleed air will be available for Main Engines Start (MES) or air conditioning.
No electrical power will be available from the APU generator.
BEFORE PUSHBACK OR ENGINE START
The NBPT function will not operate normally.
For engine start without APU, Refer to FCOM/PRO-NOR-SUP-ENG Engine Start with External
Pneumatic Power and Refer to FCOM/PRO-NOR-SUP-ENG Engine Start with External Electrical
Power or Refer to FCOM/PRO-NOR-SUP-ENG Engine Start on Batteries.
Applicable to : ALL
26-23-01B Agent bottle 2 inoperative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 1
Agent bottle 2 may be inoperative provided that the flight routes allow a landing within one hour.
Applicable to : ALL
26-23-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 2 0
Both may be inoperative provided that the FWD lower deck cargo compartment is empty or does
not contain flammable or combustible materials.
Note : Failure of a single squib is indicated by a MAINTENANCE message on the STATUS SD
page.
Applicable to : ALL
26-23-03A Flight routes allowing a landing within one hour
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0
Both may be inoperative provided that the flight routes allow a landing within one hour.
Applicable to : ALL
26-23-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 2 0
Both may be inoperative provided that the AFT and the BULK lower deck cargo compartments are
empty or do not contain flammable or combustible materials.
Note : Failure of a single squib is indicated by a MAINTENANCE message on the STATUS SD
page.
Applicable to : ALL
26-23-06A Flight routes allowing a landing within one hour
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0
Both may be inoperative provided that the flight routes permit a landing within one hour.
Note : Failure of a single squib is indicated by a MAINTENANCE message on the STATUS SD
page.
TR
26-24-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 14 or 9 4 (o)
One or more non required portable fire extinguisher may be inoperative and removed or
missing.
TO
Note : There are totally 9 ea cabin portable fire extinguisher (HL7792, HL7794, HL8259, HL8282,
HL8286, HL8293)
or 14 ea cabin portable fire extinguisher (HL7736, HL7740, HL7741, HL7746, HL7747, HL7754,
HL7793, HL7795, HL8258)
R
FE
Note: Inoperative portable fire extinguisher may be subject to dangerous goods
requirements.
Reference(s)
RE
26-24-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- 1 1
Must be operative.
26-24-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 14 or 9 4 (o)
One or more non required portable fire extinguisher may be inoperative and removed or
missing.
Note : There are totally 9 ea cabin portable fire extinguisher (HL7792, HL7793, HL7794, HL7795,
HL8259, HL8282, HL8286, HL8293)
or 14 ea cabin portable fire extinguisher (HL7736, HL7740, HL7741, HL7746, HL7747, HL7754,
HL8258)
26-24-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- 1 1
Must be operative.
Applicable to : ALL
26-25-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 9 0
One or more may be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
27-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 3 0 (o)
One or more may be inoperative provided that the associated F/CTL PRIM 1(2)(3) FAULT alert
and the associated PRIM 1(2)(3) indication on the F/CTL SD page are checked operative.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 27-01-01A PRIM pb-sw FAULT light
Applicable to : ALL
AFTER ENGINE START
On the F/CTL SD page, check that the associated F/CTL PRIM 1(2)(3) FAULT alert and the
associated PRIM 1(2)(3) indication are operative :
- PRIM 1(2)(3) pb-sw ……………………………………………………………………… OFF
- On the F/CTL SD page, check that the associated computer number PRIM 1(2)(3) and box
become amber.
- Check that the associated F/CTL PRIM 1(2)(3) FAULT alert is displayed on the EWD.
- PRIM 1(2)(3) pb-sw ………………………………………………………………………. On
Applicable to : ALL
27-01-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 3 0
One or more may be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
27-01-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0 (o)
One or both may be inoperative provided that the associated F/CTL SEC 1(2) FAULT alert and the
associated SEC 1(2) indication on the F/CTL SD page are checked operative.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 27-01-03A SEC pb-sw FAULT light
Applicable to : ALL
AFTER ENGINE START
On the F/CTL SD page, check that the associated F/CTL SEC 1(2) FAULT alert and the
associated SEC 1(2) indication are operative:
- SEC 1(2) pb-sw ………………………………………………………………………….. OFF
- On the F/CTL SD page, check that the associated computer number SEC 1(2) and box
become amber.
- Check that the associated F/CTL SEC 1(2) FAULT alert is displayed on the EWD.
- SEC 1(2) pb-sw ……………………………………………………………………………. On
Applicable to : ALL
27-01-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0
One or both may be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
27-01-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0
May be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
27-07-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 8 0
One or more may be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
27-07-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 4 0 (m)
One or more may be inoperative provided that the deflection of the affected aileron through each
servo-control is visually checked before each flight.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 27-14-00-040-802
Applicable to : ALL
27-07-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 4 0
One or more may be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
27-07-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0 (m)
One or both may be inoperative provided that the deflection of the affected elevator is visually
checked before each flight.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 27-34-00-040-801
Applicable to : ALL
27-07-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (m)
May be inoperative provided that the pitch trim handwheel and the stabilizer are checked to
synchronously operate.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 27-45-00-040-801
Applicable to : ALL
27-07-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 3 0
One or more may be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
27-07-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (m)
May be inoperative provided that before each flight:
1) The deflection of the rudder is visually checked, and
2) The rudder trim position indication is checked at zero, either on the F/CTL SD page or on the
RUD TRIM panel on the center pedestal.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task
Applicable to : ALL
27-07-08A Rudder trim position indication operative on the center pedestal
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0
May be inoperative provided that the rudder trim position indication is operative on the center
pedestal.
Applicable to : ALL
27-07-09A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0
One or both may be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
27-07-10A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 12 0 (m)
One or more may be inoperative provided that the deflection of the affected spoiler is visually
checked before each flight.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 27-64-00-040-802
Applicable to : ALL
27-07-11A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 12 0 (m)
One or more may be inoperative provided that the deflection of the affected spoiler is visually
checked before each flight.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 27-64-00-040-802
Applicable to : ALL
27-08-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- 1 1
Must be operative.
Applicable to : ALL
27-08-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- 1 1
Must be operative.
Applicable to : ALL
27-09-02A F/CTL RUD Blue Servocontrol Sensor
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 3 2 (m)(o)
F/CTL RUD B SERVO FAULT alert may be displayed on the EWD provided that :
1) A Check is performed before each flight to ensure that the EFCS ground report incriminates
only the the blue rudder servocontrol sensor, and
2) The affected servocontrol sensor is deactivated, and
3) The rudder control associated with PRIM 1, PRIM 3 and SEC 1 are checked operative before
each flight, and
4) The back-up control module is checked operative before each flight, and
5) The yellow electric pump is checked operative.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 27-24-00-040-802
(o) OpsProc 27-09-02A F/CTL RUD G(Y)(B) SERVO FAULT Alert
Applicable to : ALL
Check that the yellow electric pump is operative :
- YELLOW ELEC pump ON pb-sw …………………………………………………………. ON
- On the HYD SD page, check that the pressure in the Yellow hydraulic system is between
2,800 PSI and 3,200 PSI
- YELLOW ELEC pump ON pb-sw ……………………………………………………… AUTO
- On the HYD SD page, check that the pressure in the Yellow hydraulic system decreases to
0 PSI.
Applicable to : ALL
27-14-01A One inoperative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 4 3 (m)
One servo-control may be inoperative provided that it remains mechanically connected and
hydraulically supplied (damping function is not affected).
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 27-14-00-040-801
Applicable to : ALL
27-14-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- 4 4
All must be operative.
Applicable to : ALL
27-21-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0 (o)
One or both may be inoperative provided that:
1) The rudder pedals can be secured in a position which meets individual pilot requirements, and
2) The full and unrestricted movement of the rudder pedals and brake pedals deflection is
possible at both pilot stations.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 27-21-01A Rudder Pedal Adjustment System
Applicable to : ALL
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
Simultaneously apply loads on both pedals (in rudder control movement direction) to ensure that
the secured position is reached.
For that purpose, the effort shall be equivalent to a full rudder deflection.
Applicable to : ALL
27-22-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 1 (m)(o)
One may be inoperative provided that the other system is checked operative before each flight
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 27-22-00-040-801
(o) OpsProc 27-22-01A Rudder Trim System
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 2.
AFTER ENGINE START
Check that the remaining rudder trim system is operative :
Check of the rudder trim system on the left side :
- RUD TRIM selector …………………………………………………………….. NOSE L
- On the F/CTL SD page, check that the rudder trim position indication moves to +25°±0.8°,
or
- On the RUD TRIM panel, check that the rudder trim position indicator indicates L
25.0±0.8
Check of the rudder trim system on the right side :
- RUD TRIM selector ……………………………………………………………… NOSE R
- On the F/CTL SD page, check that the rudder trim position indication moves to -25°±0.8°,
or
- On the RUD TRIM panel, check that the rudder trim position indicator indicates R
25.0±0.8
Check of the rudder trim system on the neutral position :
- RESET pb on the RUD TRIM panel …………………………………………….. Push
- On the F/CTL SD page, check that the rudder trim position indication moves to neutral
position, or
- On the RUD TRIM panel, check that the rudder trim position indicator indicates 0.0±0.6.
Applicable to : ALL
27-22-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0
May be inoperative provided that one rudder trim position indication is operative.
Applicable to : ALL
27-22-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (o)
May be inoperative provided that the rudder trim position is checked centered on the F/CTL SD
page before takeoff.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 27-22-03A Rudder Trim Position Indication on the Center Pedestal
Applicable to : ALL
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
RUD TRIM position indication …………………………………………. CHECK CENTERED
If the RUD TRIM position indication is not centered :
RESET pb ………………………………………………………………………... PRESS
Applicable to : ALL
27-24-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- 3 3
All must be operative.
Applicable to : ALL
27-34-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- 4 4
All must be operative.
Applicable to : ALL
27-40-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- 1 1
Must be operative
Applicable to : ALL
27-40-02A Electric motor 1 inoperative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 3 2 (o)(m)
The stabilizer actuator electric motor 1 may be inoperative provided that :
1) EDTO is not conducted, and
2) It is deactivated.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 27-44-00-040-801
(o) OpsProc 27-40-02A Stabilizer Actuator Electric Motor
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
When the stabilizer actuator electric motor associated with PRIM 1 is inoperative :
Maximum landing capability is CAT 2.
AFTER ENGINE START
If the F/CTL PRIM 1(2)(3) PITCH FAULT alert is displayed on the EWD :
Disregard this alert.
Applicable to : ALL
27-40-03A PRIM pitch channel 1 or 2 inoperative due to the THS
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 3 2 (m)
The PRIM pitch channel 1 or 2 may be inoperative provided that :
1) A check is performed before each flight to ensure that the EFCS ground report increminates
only the THS, and
2) The assoicated stabilizer actuator electric motor is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 27-40-02 Stabilizer Actuator Electric Motor
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 27-44-00-040-802
Applicable to : ALL
27-51-01A Deactivated with maintenance actions for 9 days
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
A 1 0 (o)(m)
May be inoperative for 9 consecutive calendar days provided that:
1) The flap system 2 is operative, and
2) The slat system 2 is operative, and
3) The electrical supply to flap system 1 is deactivated.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 27-51-00-040-801
(o) OpsProc 27-51-01A Flap System 1(Deactivated with maintenance actions for 9 days)
Applicable to : ALL
Refer to FCOM/PRO-ABN-F_CTL-F/CTL FLAP SYS 1(2) FAULT.
WARNING Check with the maintenance crew before applying hydraulic power and
make sure that the travel ranges of the flight controls are clear.
Movement of flight controls can cause injury to persons and/or damage.
Applicable to : ALL
27-51-02A Deactivated with maintenance actions for 9 days
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
A 1 0 (m)
May be inoperative for 9 consecutive calendar days provided that:
1) The electrical supply to flap system 2 is deactivated, and
2) The yellow auxiliary hydraulic power (electric pump) is operative.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer t o AMM 27-51-00-040-801
WARNING Check with the maintenance crew before applying hydraulic power and
make sure that the travel ranges of the flight controls are clear.
Movement of flight controls can cause injury to persons and/or damage.
27-64-01 Spoiler
Applicable to : ALL
27-64-01A One pair inoperative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 12 10 (o)(m)
One pair of symmetrical spoilers may be inoperative in the retracted position provided that the
Flight Manual performance penalties are applied.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 27-64-00-040-801
(o) OpsProc 27-64-01A Spoiler (one pair inoperative)
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Takeoff performance computation
The following method may be used for takeoff performance determination if no takeoff data is
available (Predetermined by using OCTOPUS program or other equivalent program).
The method explained hereafter allows the determination of the MTOW and associated speeds
( V1 , VR , V2 ), by applying decrements on the MTOW and associated speeds computed in
normal conditions.
The method is based on the use of RTOW charts established at optimum V2 / VS , optimum
V1 / VR and minimum V1 .
WARNING - Do not use this method with takeoff charts computed with other conditions.
- Do not use this method for takeoff on wet or contaminated runways.
- Do not use this method with tailwind.
Read, in 0 kt wind column of the takeoff chart computed in normal condition, the MTOW and
associated speeds ( V1 , VR , V2 ) corresponding to the actual temperature, even in the case
of headwind.
The method does not take into account the headwind benefit on takeoff performance.
Apply the QNH and/or bleed corrections, if any, to determine the MTOW .
Determine the MTOW and speed decrements in the following table.
Apply these decrements, to calculate the MTOW and associated speeds corresponding to the
actual temperature.
If the actual TOW is lower than the MTOW calculated using above method:
The speeds determined without failure and associated with the actual TOW may be
retained provided that they are all lower than the speeds calculated using above method.
CAUTION Do not extrapolate below the shortest runway length provided by the table.
CAUTION Do not extrapolate below the shortest runway length provided by the table.
DECREMENTS (Δ W , Δ V1 , Δ VR , Δ V2 ) WHEN TWO PAIRS OF SPOILERS (N°1 AND N°2) ARE INOPERATIVE
CONFIGURATION
RUNWAY
LENGTH 1+F 2 3
(m) ΔW Δ V1 Δ VR Δ V2 ΔW Δ V1 Δ VR Δ V2 ΔW Δ V1 Δ VR Δ V2
kg (lb) (kt) (kt) (kt) kg (lb) (kt) (kt) (kt) kg (lb) (kt) (kt) (kt)
4 000 4,000 3,000
2 000 (8,800)
2 1 1
(8,800)
1 0 0
(6,600)
3 2 2
4 000 2,000 2,000
2 500 (8,800)
2 1 1
(4,400)
2 1 1
(4,400)
3 2 2
3,000 2,000 2,000
3 000 (6,600)
2 1 1
(4,400)
3 2 2
(4,400)
3 2 2
2,000 2,000 1,000
3 500 (4,400)
3 2 2
(4,400)
3 2 2
(2,200)
3 2 2
2,000 2,000 1,000
4 000 (4,400)
3 2 2
(4,400)
3 2 2
(2,200)
3 3 3
4 500 2,000
2 2 2
2,000
2 3 3
1,000
0 4 4
and above (4,400) (4,400) (2,200)
Check that the corrected V1 is above or equal to the minimum V1 value shown on the RTOW
chart (due to VMCG limitation).
If the corrected V1 is lower than the minimum V1 :
Take this last value as V1 .
Further decrease the weight by 4 000 kg ( 8 824 lb ) per kt difference between both values.
Check that the corrected VR is above or equal to the minimum VR value shown on the RTOW
chart (due to VMCA limitation).
If the corrected VR is lower than the minimum VR :
Takeoff is not possible.
Check that the corrected V2 is above or equal to the minimum V2 value shown on the RTOW
chart (due to VMCA limitation).
If the corrected V2 is lower than the minimum V2 :
Takeoff is not possible.
Check that the corrected V2 is above or equal to the minimum V2 due to VMU limitation
Refer to FCOM/PER-TOF-TOD-25-20 V2 LIMITED BY VMU/VMCA.
If the corrected V2 is lower than the minimum V2 :
Takeoff is not possible.
Landing performance computation
Multiply the landing distances by 1.04
TAKEOFF
If the above method was used for takeoff performance determination:
Perform the takeoff using full thrust ( TOGA ).
Applicable to : ALL
TR
27-81-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- 1 1
Must be operative.
TO
R
FE
RE
-
D
LI
VA
IN
Applicable to : ALL
TR
27-81-02A Deactivation with maintenance actions for 9 days
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
A 1 0 (m)
May be inoperative for 9 consecutive calendar days provided that the electrical supply to slat
system 2 is deactivated.
TO
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 27-81-00-040-801
R
27-81-02B Deactivation without maintenance actions for one flight
Repair interval Nbr installed
FE Nrb required Procedure
A 1 0 (o)
May be inoperative for one flight provided that the electrical supply to slat system 2 is deactivated.
RE
Note : If the failure occurs after engine start, and remains after C/B is pulled, contact maintenance
control center and continue the flight after confirmation of the availability of maintenance
support at destination (for deactivation as per MEL 27-81-02A). At destination, apply MEL
27-81-02A
Reference(s)
-
(o) OpsProc 27-81-02B Slat System 2 (Deactivated without maintenance actions for one flight)
Applicable to : ALL
D
Disregard and clear the F/CTL SLAT SYS 2 FAULT ECAM alert displayed on the EWD.
SLAT SLOW message is displayed on the STATUS SD page.
VA
Perform an operational test of the slats/flaps surfaces movement under the control of the
remaining channels :
WARNING Check with the maintenance crew before applying hydraulic power and
IN
make sure that the travel ranges of the flight controls are clear.
Movement of flight controls can cause injury to persons and/or damage.
- Check the correct movement and position of the Slats and Flaps on the EWD.
TR
- GREEN ELEC PUMP pb-sw …………………………………………………………… OFF
- YELLOW ELEC PUMP pb-sw …………………………………………………………. OFF
TO
R
FE
RE
-
D
LI
VA
IN
Applicable to : ALL
27-81-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- 1 1
Must be operative.
Applicable to : ALL
27-81-02A Deactivation with maintenance actions for 9 days
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
A 1 0 (m)
May be inoperative for 9 consecutive calendar days provided that:
1) The electrical supply to slat system 2 is deactivated, and
2) The MTOW is limited to 220 000 kg (485 010 lb)
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 27-81-00-040-801
Note : If the failure occurs after engine start, and remains after C/B is pulled, contact maintenance
control center and continue the flight after confirmation of the availability of maintenance
support at destination (for deactivation as per MEL 27-81-02A). At destination, apply MEL
27-81-02A
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 27-81-02B Slat System 2 (Deactivated without maintenance actions for one flight)
Applicable to : ALL
DURING PRELIMINARY PREPARATION
The MTOW is limited to 220 000 kg (485 010 lb)
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SFCC 2 SLAT (262VU 16CW) C/B ………………………………. PULL
The C/B is kept pulled for the whole flight.
Disregard and clear the F/CTL SLAT SYS 2 FAULT ECAM alert displayed on the EWD.
SLAT SLOW message is displayed on the STATUS SD page.
Perform an operational test of the slats/flaps surfaces movement under the control of the
remaining channels :
WARNING Check with the maintenance crew before applying hydraulic power and
make sure that the travel ranges of the flight controls are clear.
Movement of flight controls can cause injury to persons and/or damage.
AAR A330 FLEET 2-27-81 P 2/3
MEL 23SEP19
TEMPORARY
MEL ITEMS REVISION
27 - FLIGHT CONTROLS
27-81 - Slats Electrical Control and Monitoring
Applicable to : ALL
27-92-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0
May be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
27-92-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (o)
May be inoperative.
1) The Flight Manual performance penalties are applied, and
2) The AUTO/BRK function is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 32-42-04 AUTO/BRK Function
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 27-92-02A Ground Spoiler Control System
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Takeoff performance computation
The following method may be used for takeoff performance determination if no takeoff data is
available (Predetermined by using OCTOPUS program or other equivalent program).
The method explained hereafter allows the determination of the MTOW and associated speeds
( V1 , VR , V2 ), by applying decrements on the MTOW and associated speeds computed in
normal conditions.
The method is based on the use of RTOW charts established at optimum V2 / VS , optimum
V1 / VR and minimum V1 .
WARNING - Do not use this method with takeoff charts computed with other conditions.
- Do not use this method for takeoff on wet or contaminated runways.
- Do not use this method with tailwind.
Read, in 0 kt wind column of the takeoff chart computed in normal condition, the MTOW and
associated speeds ( V1 , VR , V2 ) corresponding to the actual temperature, even in the case
of headwind.
The method does not take into account the headwind benefit on takeoff performance.
Apply the QNH and/or bleed corrections, if any, to determine the MTOW .
Determine the MTOW and speed decrements in the following table.
Apply these decrements, to calculate the MTOW and associated speeds corresponding to the
actual temperature.
If the actual TOW is lower than the MTOW calculated using above method:
The speeds determined without failure and associated with the actual TOW may be
retained provided that they are all lower than the speeds calculated using above method.
CAUTION Do not extrapolate below the shortest runway length provided by the table.
Applicable to : ALL
27-92-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- 4 4
All must be operative.
Applicable to : ALL
27-92-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 24 16 (m)
One or more may be inoperative provided that:
1) Before each flight, the inoperative PRIM sidestick potentiometer signals are checked to be
associated with a single PRIM ( PRIM 1 or PRIM 3), and
2) Before each flight, all sidestick priority switch signals associated with the two other PRIM s
and both SEC s are checked correctly received and used, and
3) The associated PRIM is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 27-93-01 PRIM 1 , or
Refer to Item 27-93-03 PRIM 3
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 27-92-00-040-801
Applicable to : ALL
27-92-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 12 8 (m)
One or more may be inoperative provided that:
1) Before each flight, the inoperative PRIM sidestick priority switch signals are checked to be
associated with a single PRIM ( PRIM 1 or PRIM 3), and
2) Before each flight, all sidestick potentiometer signals associated with the two other PRIMs
and both SECs are checked correctly received and used, and
3) The associated PRIM is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 27-93-01 PRIM 1 , or
Refer to Item 27-93-03 PRIM 3
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 27-92-00-040-802
27-93-01 PRIM 1
Applicable to : ALL
27-93-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (m)(o)
May be inoperative provided that :
1) EDTO is not conducted, and
2) The PRIM 1 pb-sw is set to OFF and remains OFF for the whole flight, and
3) All SECs, SFCCs, LGCIUs, RAs, ADIRSs and the PRIM 3 are operative, and
4) The stabilizer actuator electrical motors associated with PRIM 2 and PRIM 3 are operative,
and
5) The sidestick priority function is checked operative on both sides before each flight, and
6) The sidestick transducers associated with both SECs are checked operative, and
7) The back-up control module and the rudder control associated with SEC 1 are checked
operative before each flight, and
8) All pedals position transducer units associated with PRIM 2, PRIM 3 and SEC 1 are checked
operative before each flight, and
9) The elevators control functioning is checked through each operative PRIM and Sec before
each flight, and
10) The blue and yellow electric pumps are checked operative, and
11) The Flight Manual performance penalties for one pair of spoilers inoperative are applied
Note : Deactivation of the pair of spoilers 5 is not necessary.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 27-93-00-040-801
(o) OpsProc 27-93-01A PRIM 1
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The pair of spoilers 5 are not available. In that respect, for takeoff and landing performance
calculations :
OpsProc 27-64-01A Spoiler (one pair inoperative).
Maxinum landing capability is CAT 2.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
Check that the PRIM 1 pb-sw is set to OFF.
CAUTION DO NOT ATTEMPT TO SET AGAIN THE PRIM 1 pb-sw to On DURING THE
FLIGHT.
THE PRIM 1 pb-sw MUST REMAIN SET TO OFF FOR THE WHOLE FLIGHT.
On the F/CTL SD page, check that the associated computer number PRIM 1 and box are
displayed amber.
On the F/CTL SD page, the pair of spoilers 5 are displayed amber.
The F/CTL PRIM 1 FAULT alert will be displayed on the EWD 30s after first engine start.
AAR A330 FLEET 2-27-93 P 1/6
MEL 25SEP15
MEL ITEMS
27 - FLIGHT CONTROLS
27-93 - Flight Control Primary Computer (FCPC/PRIM)
27-93-02 PRIM 2
Applicable to : ALL
27-93-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- 1 1 (m)(o)
Must be operative
27-93-03 PRIM 3
Applicable to : ALL
27-93-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (m)(o)
May be inoperative provided that :
1) The PRIM 3 pb-sw is set to OFF and remains OFF for the whole flight, and
2) All SECs, SFCCs, LGCIUs, RAs, ADIRSs and the PRIM 1 are operative, and
3) The stabilizer actuator electrical motors associated with PRIM 1 and PRIM 2 are operative, and
4) All sidestick transducers associated with both SECs are checked operative, and
5) The back-up control module and the rudder control associated with SEC 1 are checked
operative before each flight, and
6) All pedals position tranducer units associated with PRIM 1, PRIM 2 and SEC 1 are checked
operative before each flight, and
7) The blue electric pump is checked operative, and
8) The Flight Manual performance penalties for the two pairs of spoilers 1 and 2 inoperative are
applied.
Note : Deactivation of the two pairs of spoilers 1 and 2 is not necessary.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 27-93-00-040-802
(o) OpsProc 27-93-03A PRIM 3
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The two pair of spoilers 1 and 2 are not available. In that respect, for takeoff and landing
performance calculations :
OpsProc 27-64-01B Spoiler (pairs of spoilers 1 and 2 inoperative)
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
Check that the PRIM 3 pb-sw is set to OFF.
CAUTION DO NOT ATTEMPT TO SET AGAIN THE PRIM 3 pb-sw to On DURING THE
FLIGHT.
THE PRIM 3 pb-sw MUST REMAIN SET TO OFF FOR THE WHOLE FLIGHT
On the F/CTL SD page, check that the associated computer number PRIM 3 and box are
displayed amber.
On the F/CTL SD page, the two pair of spoilers 1 and 2 are displayed amber.
On the F/CTL SD page, the G symbol of the right outboard aileron is partially boxed amber.
On the F/CTL SD page, the Y symbol of the left outboarrd aileron is partially boxed amber.
On the F/CTL SD page, the Y symbol of the rudder is partially boxed amber.
The F/CTL PRIM 3 FAULT alert will be displayed on the EWD 30s after first engine start.
Check that the blue electric pump is operative :
- BLUE ELEC pump ON pb-sw ………………………………………………………….. ON
AAR A330 FLEET 2-27-93 P 4/6
MEL 25SEP15
MEL ITEMS
27 - FLIGHT CONTROLS
27-93 - Flight Control Primary Computer (FCPC/PRIM)
- On the HYD SD page, check that the pressure in the Blue hydraulic system is between
2,800 and 3,200 PSI.
- BLUE ELEC pump ON pb-sw ……………………………………………………….. STBY
- On the HYD SD page, check that the pressure in the Blue hydraulic system decreases to 0
PSI
AFTER ENGINE START
The F/CTL PRIM 3 FAULT alert is displayed on the EWD 30s after first engine start.
Applicable to : ALL
27-93-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (o)
May be inoperative
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 27-93-04A Turbulence Damping Function
Applicable to : ALL
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
TURB DAMP pb-sw …………………………………………………………………….… OFF
27-94-01 SEC 1
Applicable to : ALL
27-94-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (m)(o)
May be inoperative provided that :
1) The SEC 1 pb-sw is set to OFF and remains OFF for the whole flight, and
2) All PRIMs, SFCCs, LGCIUs, RAs and ADIRSs are operative, and
3) All sidestick tranducers associated with SEC 2 are checked operative, and
4) The Flight Manual performance penalties for one pair of spoilers inoperative are applied.
Note : Deactivation of the pair of spoilers 6 is not necessary.
Note : "SEC 1(2), RUD TRIM 1(2)" message can be shown on INOP SYS while performing (m)
procedure.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 27-94-00-040-801
(o) OpsProc 27-94-01A SEC 1
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The pair of spoilers 6 are not available. In that respect, for takeoff and landing performance
calculations :
OpsProc 27-64-01A Spoiler (one pair inoperative)
Maximum landing capability is CAT 2
DURING COCKPIT PREPARAION
Check that the SEC 1 pb-sw is set to OFF.
CAUTION DO NOT ATTEMPT TO SET AGAIN THE SEC 1 pb-sw to On DURING THE
FLIGHT.
THE SEC 1 pb-sw MUST REMAIN SET TO OFF FOR THE WHOLE
FLIGHT.
On the F/CTL SD page, check that the associated computer number SEC 1 and box are
displayed ambler.
On the F/CTL SD page, the pair of spoilers 6 are displayed amber.
On the F/CTL SD page, the G symbol of the left outboard aileron is partially boxed amber.
The F/CTL SEC 1 FAULT alert will be displayed on the EWD 30s after first engine start.
AFTER ENGINE START
The F/CTL SEC 1 FAULT alert is displayed on the EWD 30s after first engine start.
Associated to this alert, RUD TRIM 1 INOP SYS is displayed.
27-94-02 SEC 2
Applicable to : ALL
27-94-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- 1 1
Must be operative.
27-95-01 FCDC
Applicable to : ALL
27-95-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 1 (m)
FCDC 2 may be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 27-95-00-040-801
Applicable to : ALL
28-01-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 6 0
One or more may be inoperative provided that the associated pump indication is operative on the
FUEL SD page.
Applicable to : ALL
28-01-01-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 6 0
One or more may be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
28-01-01-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0 (m)
One or both may be inoperative provided that the closure function of the associated emergency
inner tank isolation valve is checked operative before each flight.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 28-11-00-040-801
Applicable to : ALL
28-01-01-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0
One or both may be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
28-01-02-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0
May be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
28-01-02-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0
May be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
28-01-03-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0
May be inoperative provided that the X FEED valve indication is operative on the FUEL SD page.
Applicable to : ALL
28-01-03-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0
May be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
28-01-04-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0
May be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
28-01-04-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0
May be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
28-07-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- - -
Refer to Item 73-07-01 Fuel Used Indication on the ENGINE SD page
Applicable to : ALL
28-07-02-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- - -
Refer to Item 73-07-01 Fuel Used Indication on the ENGINE SD page
Applicable to : ALL
28-07-02-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0
May be inoperative provided that EDTO beyond 180 min is not conducted
28-07-02-03 Fuel Quantity Indication (FQI) in Degraded Mode on the FUEL SD page
Applicable to : ALL
28-07-02-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 6 0 (o)
One or more FQI may be in degraded mode (last two green digits with amber dashes) provided
that
1) the loss of accuracy is taken into account for the fuel planning ,and
2) Contingency fuel 3% operations should not be conducted.
FUEL PENALTY ITEM
Contact to dispatcher for fuel planning
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 28-07-02-03A Fuel Quantity Indication in degraded mode on the FUEL SD page
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
When the FOB indication is displayed with a dash across the two last digits on the EWD, the
FQI is in degraded mode and the FUEL SD page must be called to know which tank is
affected.
The resulting loss of accuracy must be taken into account by using the two following
parameters :
- Fq : The extra fuel quantity to be loaded.
- W : The weight to be added to the total fuel weight for TOW calculation only.
Note : If there is a reversion to the degraded mode after refueling completion, there is no
need to consider adding extra fuel (Fq) and extra weight (W).
Fq and W parameters can be determined by using either of the two following methods :
- Method A
The method A allows a quick determination of Fq and W values by using simplified
tables established with conservative margins. Highest FQI Range values in the tables
may be over those read on the FQI because a high fuel density values was considered
to cover all cases.
- Method B
The method B allows a more accurate determination of Fq and W values by using the
actual FQI value read on the FQI for calculation with specific formulas.
METHOD A
Preselect the fuel quantity required for the mission : Fm
When the refuel stops :
On the FUEL SD page, read the degraded FQI value for the affected tank.
Enter in the table for the FQI Range corresponding to the degraded FQI value read for
the affected tank and determine Fq and W values.
The refuel must be started again with the new preselected quantity which corresponds
AAR A330 FLEET 2-28-07-02 P 3/16
MEL 11JUL18
MEL ITEMS
28 - FUEL
28-07 - Indications on SD pages
28-07-02 - Fuel Quantity Indications on the FUEL SD page
Note: At airline convenience, it is permitted to round up Fq and W values given in the tables, as
well as above calculated results, to next 10, 50, or 100 kg (lb).
LOSS OF ACCURACY DUE TO THE FUEL QUANTITY INDICATION IN DEGRADED MODE
OUTER TANK
(Values in kg) (Values in lb)
FQI Range (kg) Fq (kg) W (kg) FQI Range (lb) Fq (lb) W (lb)
0 → 2,000 91 107 0 → 4,400 201 236
2,000 → 3,300 114 142 4,400 → 7,300 253 315
CENTER TANK
(Values in kg) (Values in lb)
FQI Range (kg) Fq (kg) W (kg) FQI Range (lb) Fq (lb) W (lb)
0 → 5,000 150 395 0 → 11,000 330 870
5,000 → 10,000 228 528 11,000 → 22,000 502 1,163
10,000 → 15,000 307 662 22,000 → 33,000 675 1,457
15,000 → 20,000 385 795 33,000 → 44,000 848 1,751
20,000 → 25,000 464 929 44,000 → 55,000 1,021 2,045
25,000 → 30,000 542 1,062 55,000 → 66,000 1,193 2,338
30,000 → 35,000 621 1,196 66,000 → 77,000 1,366 2,632
35,000 → 38,200 671 1,281 77,000 → 84,200 1,479 2,824
METHOD B
Preselect the fuel quantity required for the mission : Fm
When the refuel stops :
On the FUEL SD page, read the degraded FQI value for the affected tank.
Calculate the Fq and W values by using corresponding formula in the table and FQI
degraded value read for the affected tank.
The refuel must be started again with the new preselected quantity which corresponds to
the total FOB = Fm + Fq.
If all tanks reach high level before having loaded the complete Fq value :
This shows that all tanks are volumetrically full but the necessary fuel mass for the
mission is not guaranteed since the fuel quantity indication varies with fuel density.
Therefore the mission or the aircraft load must be amended to match the minimum
fuel quantity known to be onboard.
When the refuel stops again :
The FOB value to be considered for TOW calculation is : FOB = Fm + Fq + W
If all tanks reach high level before having loaded Fq value :
- The extra fuel quantity known to be onboard is : Fq* with Fq* < Fq, and
- The FOB value to be considered for TOW calculation is : FOB = Fm + Fq* + W
If the resulting TOW is higher than the MTOW :
The aircraft load must be reduced.
If the LW at destination is penalized :
LW + Fq (takeoff) + W (takeoff) <= MLW
If the resulting LW is higher than the MLW :
The aircraft load must be reduced.
On the FUEL SD page, the accuracy of the CG indication may be degraded to a maximum of
± 2 % MAC.
Check that both following extreme values are within the operational CG limits :
- L (Aft) = (CG value on the FUEL SD page) + 2 % MAC
- L (Fwd) = (CG value on the FUEL SD page) - 2 % MAC
If L (Aft) and/or L (Fwd) is not within the operational CG limits :
Correct the fuel and/or load distribution or perform necessary repairs.
Example with the left inner tank affected.
The preselected fuel quantity required for the mission is : Fm = 73,500 Kg (162,000 lb)
When the refuel stops :
The left inner tank FOI shows the following value with the two last digits dashed : FQI =
32,660 Kg (72,000 lb)
Enter in the INNER TANK table for the corresponding FQI Range value :
Fq = 322 Kg (710 lb) + 0.0061 ⅹ 32,660 Kg (72,000 lb) = 521 Kg (1,149 lb)
W = 437 Kg (964 lb) + 0.0171 ⅹ 32,660 Kg (72,000 lb) = 995 Kg (2,195 lb)
The new preselected quantity which corresponds to the total FOB is :
Fm + Fq = 73,500 Kg (162,000 lb) + 521 Kg (1,149 lb) = 74,021 Kg (163,149 lb)
The FOB value to be considered for TOW calculation is then :
FOB = (Fm + Fq) + W = 74,021 Kg (163,149 lb) + 995 Kg (2,195 lb = 75,016 Kg (165,344 lb)
Note: At airline convenience, it is permitted to round up Fq and W values given in the tables, as
well as above calculated results, to next 10, 50, or 100 kg (lb).
Fq (kg) W (kg)
OUTER TANK 55 + 0.018 x FQI (kg) 53 + 0.0271 x FQI (kg)
INNER TANK 322 + 0.0061 x FQI (kg) 437 + 0.0171 x FQI (kg)
TRIM TANK 0 + 0.045 x FQI (kg) 85 + 0.0474 x FQI (kg)
CENTER TANK 71 + 0.0157 x FQI (kg) 261 + 0.0267 x FQI (kg)
ALL TANKS 433 + 0.0082 x FQI (kg) 15 + 0.0357 x FQI (kg)
Applicable to : ALL
28-07-02-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0
One or both may be inoperative provided that EDTO beyond 180 min is not conducted.
Disregard the FUEL OUTR TO INR FAULT alert displayed on the EWD and the
associated procedure.
AFTER TAKEOFF
The GW and GWCG are computed by the FE and are available on the MCDU FUEL PRED
page.
Compute the FOB using the FOB at the departure airport and the F.USED as follows :
FOB = FOB at departerue - F.USED.
The GW can then be computed using the ZFW and the FOB.
IN FLIGHT
At the beginning of the cruise phase, when the positive pitch angle is less than 3° :
T.TANK MODE pb-sw ………………………………………………………………… FWD
If the FUEL ABNORM MAN FWD XFR alert is displayed on the EWD :
Disregard this alert.
When the trim tank is empty :
T.TANK MODE pb-sw ………………………………………………………. AUTO
T.TANK FEED sw ………………………………………………………………ISOL
When the fuel quantity of the operative inner tank is below 4,000 Kg (8,820 lb) :
OUTR TK XFR pb-sw …………………………………………………………………... ON
This will manually transfer fuel from the outer to the inner tanks via the refuel gallery by
immediately opening the outer and inner inlet valves.
All of the fuel in both outer tanks will therfore be available.
If an outer inlet valve, or an inner inlet valve fails during the flight before the
manual outer to inner transfer takes place :
The fuel will remain trapped in the associated outer tank and will, therefore, not be usable.
The resulting lateral imbalance may exceed the AFM/FCOM outer imbalance limitation.
However, in this case, this lateral imbalance is acceptable, because sufficient aircraft
handling qualities are maintained.
page.
Compute the FOB using the FOB at the departure airport and the F.USED as follows :
FOB = FOB at departerue - F.USED.
The GW can then be computed using the ZFW and the FOB.
IN FLIGHT
At the beginning of the cruise phase, when the positive pitch angle is less than 3° :
T.TANK MODE pb-sw ………………………………………………………………… FWD
If the FUEL ABNORM MAN FWD XFR alert is displayed on the EWD :
Disregard this alert.
When the trim tank is empty :
T.TANK MODE pb-sw ………………………………………………………. AUTO
T.TANK FEED sw ………………………………………………………………ISOL
When the fuel quantity of the operative inner tank is below 4,000 Kg (8,820 lb) :
OUTR TK XFR pb-sw …………………………………………………………………... ON
This will manually transfer fuel from the outer to the inner tanks via the refuel gallery by
immediately opening the outer and inner inlet valves.
All of the fuel in both outer tanks will therfore be available.
If an outer inlet valve, or an inner inlet valve fails during the flight before the
manual outer to inner transfer takes place :
The fuel will remain trapped in the associated outer tank and will, therefore, not be usable.
The resulting lateral imbalance may exceed the AFM/FCOM outer imbalance limitation.
However, in this case, this lateral imbalance is acceptable, because sufficient aircraft
handling qualities are maintained.
Applicable to : ALL
28-07-02-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 1 (o)(m)
One may be inoperative provided that :
1) EDTO beyond 180 min is not conducted, and
2) The fuel quantity in the associated tank is checked after each refueling by manual
magnetic indicators, and
3) The F.USED indication on the associated side is operative on the FUEL SD page, and
4) The fuel quantity indication in the associated inner tank is operative on the FUEL SD page,
and
5) The manual forward transfer from the trim tank to the inner tanks is performed as soon as
possible at the beginning of the cruise pahse.
Note : An indication with dashes on the two last digits is considered operative.
The loss of accuracy must be taken into account for the fuel planning.
(See associated Operational Procedure)
OPERATIONS Note
Contingency Fuel 3% operations should be decided by the Dispatcher. Contact the
Dispatcher.
FUEL PENALTY ITEM
Contact to dispatcher for fuel planning.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 28-42-00-040-802
(o) OpsProc 28-07-02-06A Outer Tank Fuel Quantity Indication on the FUEL SD page.
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The CG control is no longer available.
Increase the fuel consumption by 1%.
IN THE COCKPIT
On the Permanent Data of the SD, the FOB, GW and GWCG indications are replaced by two
amber crosses.
The FUEL T TANK XFR FAULT alert is displayed on the EWD.
AFTER TAKEOFF
The GW and GWCG are computed by the FE and are available on the MCDU FUEL PRED
page.
Compute the FOB using the FOB at the departure airport and the F.USED as follows :
FOB = FOB at departure - F.USED.
The GW can then be computed using the ZFW and the FOB.
IN FLIGHT
At the beginning of the cruise phase, when the positive pitch angle is less than 3° :
T.TANK MODE pb-sw ………………………………………………………………. FWD
If the FUEL ABNORM MAN FWD XFR alert is displayed on the EWD :
Disregard this alert.
When the trim tank is empty :
T.TANK MODE pb-sw ………………………………………………………. AUTO
T.TANK FEED sw ………………………………………………………………ISOL
Applicable to : ALL
28-07-02-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (o)(m)
May be inoperative provided that :
1) EDTO beyond 180 min is not conducted, and
2) There is no fuel in the trim tank.
FUEL PENALTY ITEM
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 28-42-00-040-804
(o) OpsProc 28-07-02-07A Trim Tank Fuel Quantity Indication on the FUEL SD page.
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The CG control is no longer available.
Increase the fuel consumption by 1%
Operators must establish a procedure to determine takeoff CG.
IN THE COCKPIT
On the Permanent Data of the SD, the FOB, GW and GWCG indications are replaced by two
amber crosses.
The FUEL T TANK XFR FAULT alert is displayed on the EWD.
T.TANK FEED sw …………………………………………………………………………….. ISOL
AFTER TAKEOFF
The GW and GWCG are computed by the FE and are available on the MCDU FUEL PRED
page.
Compute the FOB using the sum of the operative FQI in the fuel tanks.
Alternatively, compute the FOB using the FOB at the departure airport and the F.USED as
follows :
FOB = FOB at departure - F.USED
The GW can then be computed using the ZFW and the FOB.
For the determination of F and S, Refer to QRH/OPS Operating Speeds.
For the determination of Green Dot, Refer to QRH/OPS Green Dot Speed.
For the determination of VAPP, Refer to QRH/OPS VLS and Refer to QRH/PER-A VAPP
Determination without Failure (Paper Only)
.
Applicable to : ALL
28-07-03-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 1
One may be inoperative.
28-07-03-02 Left Outer Tank Fuel Temperature Indication on the FUEL SD page
Applicable to : ALL
28-07-03-02A ADR 1 and ADR 2 operative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0
May be inoperative provided that ADR 1 and ADR 2 are operative.
Applicable to : ALL
28-07-03-03A Left outer tank fuel temperature indication operative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (o)
May be inoperative provided that the fuel temperature indication of the left outer tank is
operative on the FUEL SD page .
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 28-07-03-03A Trim Tank Fuel Temperature Indication on the FUEL SD Page
(outer tank fuel temperature indication operative)
Applicable to : ALL
IN FLIGHT
If the FUEL FUEL LO TEMP alert associated with the left outer tank is activated on
the EWD due to outer tank temperature below -40 °C:
Perform a manual forward trim transfer:
T. TANK MODE pb-sw …………………………………………………………….….. FWD
IN FLIGHT
If the TAT is below the minimum fuel temperature:
Perform a manual forward trim transfer:
T. TANK MODE pb-sw ………………………………………………………………. FWD
Applicable to : ALL
28-07-04-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 6 0
One or more may be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
28-07-05-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0
May be inoperative provided that the APU LP fuel valve is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 28-29-02 APU LP Fuel Valve
Applicable to : ALL
28-07-05-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0
May be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
28-07-05-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- 2 2
Both must be operative.
Applicable to : ALL
28-07-05-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 6 0
One or more may be inoperative provided that:
1) The fuel quantity indications of the associated tanks are operative on the FUEL SD page,
and
2) The transfer operation is monitored through the fuel quantity indications.
Applicable to : ALL
28-08-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0
May be inoperative provided that :
1) EDTO beyond 180 min is not conducted, and
2) Contingency Fuel 3% operations should not be conducted.
OPERATIONS Note
Contingency Fuel 3% operations should be decided by the Dispatcher. Contact the
Dispatcher.
FUEL PENALTY ITEM]
Contact to dispatcher for fuel planning
Applicable to : ALL
28-09-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (o)(m)
May be inoperative provided that there is no fuel in the trim tank or the fuel in the trim tank is
considered as not usable and as part of ZFW and is taken into account for CG determination.
FUEL PENALTY ITEM
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 28-27-00-040-807
(o) OpsProc 28-09-01A FUEL EXCESS AFT CG Alert
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The fuel in the trim tank should be considered as not usable and as part of the ZFW and
should be taken into account for the CG determination.
Operators must establish a procedure to determine takeoff CG.
The CG control is no longer available.
Increase the fuel consumption by 1 %.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
T. TANK FEED sw ………………………………………………………………………….. ISOL
Applicable to : ALL
28-09-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0
May be displayed on the EWD provided that:
1) The alert is confirmed to be false by troubleshooting, and
2) The fuel level is monitored in flight.
Applicable to : ALL
28-09-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 1
One may be inoperative in one inner tank provided that:
1) The alert is confirmed to be false by troubleshooting, and
2) The associated inner tank low level detection system is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 28-46-01 Inner Tank Low Level Detection
Applicable to : ALL
28-11-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- 2 2
Both must be operative.
Note : An emergency inner tank isolation valve with one motor failed must be considered
inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
28-12-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0 (o)
One or both may be broken or missing.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 28-12-01A Overpressure Protector in Wing Surge Tanks
Applicable to : ALL
DURING TAXI AND CLIMB OUT
To reduce the possibility of fuel spill:
Avoid lateral accelerations.
IN FLIGHT
When established in cruise:
Check that no fuel spillage occurred during the previous flight phase.
Check that sufficient FOB is available to reach the destination airport with adequate reserve.
Applicable to : ALL
28-12-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0
May be broken or missing.
Applicable to : ALL
28-21-01E Inoperative main pump or associated main pump (same collector cell) is P/N
568-1-28300-101 or 568-1-28300-103 or 568-1-28300-200 and no additional fuel
is uplifted.
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- 4 4 -
All must be operative.
28-21-01A L2 or R2 inoperative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 4 3 (o)
The main pump L2 or R2 may be inoperative provided that:
1) EDTO is not conducted, and
2) The crossfeed valve is operative, and
3) 2 000 kg ( 4 409 lb ) of additional fuel are loaded in the aircraft, and
4) The inoperative main pump L2 or R2 or its associated main pump L1 or R1 are not P/N
568-1-28300-101 or 568-1-28300-103 or 568-1-28300-200.
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The aft transfers are inhibited and the CG control is no longer available.
In that respect, increase the fuel consumption by 1 %.
To cope with the failure of the remaining main pump in the affected tank, 2 000 kg (4 409 lb)
of additional fuel must be loaded in the aircraft.
In case of dispatch under MEL dispatch conditions 28-21-01F or 28-21-01G, 4 000 kg (8 818
lb) of additional fuel must be loaded in the aircraft to ensure that the main fuel pumps stay
covered by fuel.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
Associated Inner Tank L(R) Main pb-sw …………………………………………………..OFF
IN FLIGHT
Aft transfers are inhibited and the CG control is no longer available.
In the event of a failure of the remaining main pump in the affected tank:
2 000 kg (4 409 lb) of fuel will become not usable in that affected tank.
28-21-01B L1 or R1 inoperative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 4 3 (o)
The main pump L1 or R1 may be inoperative provided that:
1) The crossfeed valve is operative, and
2) 2 000 kg ( 4 409 lb ) of additional fuel are loaded in the aircraft.
3) The inoperative main pump L1 or R1 or its associated main pump L2 or R2 are not P/N
568-1-28300-101 or 568-1-28300-103 or 568-1-28300-200.
IN FLIGHT
● When the center tank is empty:
Aft transfers are inhibited and the CG control is no longer available.
●In the event of a failure of the remaining main pump in the affected tank:
2 000 kg (4 409 lb) of fuel will become not usable in that affected tank.
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The aft transfers are inhibited and the CG control is no longer available.
In that respect, increase the fuel consumption by 1 %.
To cope with the failure of the remaining main pump in the affected tank, 2 000 kg (4 409 lb) of
additional fuel must be loaded in the aircraft.
In case of dispatch under MEL dispatch conditions 28-21-01F or 28-21-01G, 4 000 kg (8 818 lb) of
additional fuel must be loaded in the aircraft to ensure that the main fuel pumps stay covered by
fuel.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
Associated Inner Tank L(R) Main pb-sw …………………………………………………..OFF
IN FLIGHT
Aft transfers are inhibited and the CG control is no longer available.
●In the event of a failure of the remaining main pump in the affected tank:
2 000 kg (4 409 lb) of fuel will become not usable in that affected tank.
Note : AOT A28L006-17 is performed by EASA AD 2017-0224 (The repeated inspection for the
standby fuel pump, it was already applied to Asiana A330 fleet).
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The aft transfers are inhibited and the CG control is no longer available.
In that respect, increase the fuel consumption by 1 %.
To cope with the failure of the remaining main pump in the affected tank, 2 000 kg (4 409 lb)
of additional fuel must be loaded in the aircraft.
In case of dispatch under MEL dispatch conditions 28-21-01F or 28-21-01G, 4 000 kg (8 818
lb) of additional fuel must be loaded in the aircraft to ensure that the main fuel pumps stay
covered by fuel.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
Associated Inner Tank L(R) Main pb-sw …………………………………………………..OFF
IN FLIGHT
● When the center tank is empty:
Aft transfers are inhibited and the CG control is no longer available.
In the event of a failure of the remaining main pump in the affected tank:
2 000 kg (4 409 lb) of fuel will become not usable in that affected tank.
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The aft transfers are inhibited and the CG control is no longer available.
In that respect, increase the fuel consumption by 1 %.
To cope with the failure of the remaining main pump in the affected tank, 2 000 kg (4 409
lb) of additional fuel must be loaded in the aircraft.
In case of dispatch under MEL dispatch conditions 28-21-01F or 28-21-01G, 4 000 kg (8
818 lb) of additional fuel must be loaded in the aircraft to ensure that the main fuel pumps
stay covered by fuel.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
Associated Inner Tank L(R) Main pb-sw …………………………………………………..OFF
IN FLIGHT
Aft transfers are inhibited and the CG control is no longer available.
●In the event of a failure of the remaining main pump in the affected tank:
2 000 kg (4 409 lb) of fuel will become not usable in that affected tank.
2) 4 000 kg (8 818 lb) of additional fuel are loaded in the aircraft, and
3) The associated standby pump is not P/N 568-1-28300-101 or 568-1-28300-103 or
568-1-28300-200, or has been checked as per AOT A28L006-17.
Note : AOT A28L006-17 is performed by EASA AD 2017-0224 (The repeated inspection for
the standby fuel pump, it was already applied to Asiana A330 fleet).
Applicable to : ALL
28-21-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- 2 2
Both must be operative.
Applicable to : ALL
28-22-01A Forward APU pump operative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0
May be inoperative provided that:
1) The forward APU fuel pump is operative, and
2) The APU is considered inoperative in flight above FL 255
Applicable to : ALL
28-23-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
B 1 0 (o)(m)
May be inoperative in the closed position provided that:
1) EDTO is not conducted, and
2) Both outer tank inlet valves are operative, and
3) Both inner tank inlet valves are operative, and
4) All fuel quantity indications are operative on the FUEL SD page .
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 28-23-00-040-801
(o) OpsProc 28-23-01A Crossfeed Valve
Applicable to : ALL
IN FLIGHT
Should an excessive fuel imbalance develop:
Apply the FCOM fuel imbalance procedure: Refer to FCOM/PRO-ABN-28 FUEL
IMBALANCE
In the case of excessive fuel imbalance:
OUTR TK XFR pb-sw ……………………………………………………………….. ON
BANK ANGLE …………………………. 3 ° WING DOWN ON THE LIGHTER SIDE
RUDDER TRIM …………………………………………………………………….. USE
Applicable to : ALL
28-24-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- 2 2
Both must be operative.
Applicable to : ALL
28-25-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0
One or both may be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
28-25-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0
One indication may be inoperative provided that the fuel quantity is continuously monitored
during refueling or defueling.
Applicable to : ALL
28-25-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 10 0
One or more may be inoperative provided that fueling and defueling procedures do not require
their use.
Applicable to : ALL
28-25-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0 (o)(m)
One or both may be inoperative in the closed position provided that:
1) The associated outer to inner transfer valve is operative, and
2) There is no fuel in the trim tank or the fuel in the trim tank is considered as not usable and
as part of ZFW and is taken into account for CG determination, and
3) The fuel in the associated outer tank is considered as not usable for the flight planning.
FUEL PENALTY ITEM
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 28-25-00-040-806
(o) OpsProc 28-25-04A Inner Tank Inlet Valve
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The fuel in the affected outer tank should be considered as not usable for the flight planning.
The fuel in the trim tank should be considered as not usable and as part of the ZFW and
should be taken into account for the CG determination.
Operators must establish a procedure to determine takeoff the CG.
The CG control is no longer available.
Increase the fuel consumption by 1 %.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
T. TANK FEED sw ………………………………………………………………………... ISOL
IN FLIGHT
If the FCMC commands the outer to inner tank transfer:
Both outer to inner transfer valves will open, and
All of the fuel in the outer tanks fuel will be available.
If the outer to inner transfer valve on the affected side fails during the flight before
the outer to inner transfer takes place:
The fuel will remain trapped in the associated outer tank and will, therefore, not be usable.
The resulting lateral imbalance may exceed the AFM/FCOM outer imbalance limitation.
However, in this case, this lateral imbalance is acceptable, because sufficient aircraft
handling qualities are maintained.
Applicable to : ALL
28-25-05A Inoperative with associated tank full
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0 (o)(m)
One or both may be inoperative in the closed position provided that:
1) The associated outer to inner transfer valve is operative, and
2) The fuel quantity in the associated tank is ≥ 2 500 kg ( 5 500 lb ), and
3) The fuel in the associated tank is considered as not usable for the flight planning.
FUEL PENALTY ITEM
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 28-25-00-040-807
(o) OpsProc 28-25-05A Outer Tank Inlet Valve (outer tank full)
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The fuel in the affected outer tank should be considered as not usable for the flight planning.
IN FLIGHT
If the FCMC commands the outer to inner tank transfer:
Both outer to inner transfer valves will open, and
All of the fuel in the outer tanks will be available.
If the outer to inner transfer valve on the affected side fails during the flight before
the outer to inner transfer takes place:
The fuel will remain trapped in the associated outer tank and will, therefore, not be usable.
The resulting lateral imbalance may exceed the AFM/FCOM outer imbalance limitation.
However, in this case, this lateral imbalance is acceptable, because sufficient aircraft
handling qualities are maintained.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 28-25-00-040-807
(o) OpsProc 28-25-05B Outer Tank Inlet Valve (outer tank less than full)
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Operators must establish a procedure to determine the takeoff CG.
Applicable to : ALL
28-25-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (o)(m)
May be inoperative in the closed position provided that:
1) The trim tank feed switch is set to ISOL, and
2) There is no fuel in the trim tank or the fuel in the trim tank is considered as not usable and
as part of ZFW and is taken into account for CG determination.
FUEL PENALTY ITEM
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 28-25-00-040-808
(o) OpsProc 28-25-06A Trim Tank Inlet Valve
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The fuel in the trim tank should be considered as not usable and as part of the ZFW and
should be taken into account for the CG determination.
Operators must establish a procedure to determine takeoff CG.
The CG control is no longer available.
Increase the fuel consumption by 1 %.
Disregard the FUEL TRIM LINE FAULT and FUEL T.TANK XFR FAULT ECAM alerts, if
triggered on ground or in flight.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
T. TANK FEED sw ………………………………………………………………………….. ISOL
Applicable to : ALL
28-25-07A One Inoperative in the closed position
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 1
One may be inoperative in the closed position.
Note: Refuel the aircraft from the side of the operative refuel isolation valve.
Applicable to : ALL
28-25-08A One Inoperative in the closed position
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 4 2 (m)
One or both coupling check valves on one refuel coupling may be inoperative provided that:
1) The associated refuel isolation valve is operative, and
2) The affected coupling check valve is sealed, and
3) The associated refuel coupling is not used, and
4) Both coupling caps are installed and no fuel leak is detected.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 28-25-00-040-816
Applicable to : ALL
28-26-01A Inoperative in the closed position
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0 (o)(m)
One or both may be inoperative in the closed position provided that:
1) The associated outer tank is full, and
2) The fuel in the associated tank is considered as not usable for the flight planning.
Note : Apply the maintenance procedure only when the valve is failed in the open position.
FUEL PENALTY ITEM
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 28-26-00-040-809
(o) OpsProc 28-26-01A Outer to Inner Transfer Valve (outer tank full)
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The fuel in the affected outer tank should be considered as not usable for the flight planning.
IN FLIGHT
If the FCMC commands the outer to inner tank transfer:
The affected outer to inner transfer valve will not open.
Therefore, the FUEL OUTR TO INR FAULT alert will be displayed on the EWD.
Apply the “OUTR TK XFR ....... ON” ECAM procedure.
This will manually transfer fuel from the outer to the inner tanks via the refuel gallery by
immediately opening the outer and the inner inlet valves.
All the fuel in the affected outer tank will therefore be available.
If the outer inlet valve, or the inner inlet valve on the affected side fails during the
flight before the outer to inner transfer takes place:
The fuel will remain trapped in the associated outer tank and will, therefore, not be usable.
The resulting lateral imbalance may exceed the AFM/FCOM outer imbalance limitation.
However, in this case, this lateral imbalance is acceptable, because sufficient aircraft
handling qualities are maintained.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 28-26-01B Outer to Inner Transfer Valve (outer tank less than full)
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
To ensure T/O CG, each fuel tank CG needs to be reflected on load sheet.
Check with load controller.
Applicable to : ALL
28-27-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (o)(m)
May be inoperative in the closed position provided that:
1) The trim tank feed switch is set to ISOL, and
2) There is no fuel in the trim tank or the fuel in the trim tank is considered as not usable and
as part of ZFW and is taken into account for CG determination.
FUEL PENALTY ITEM
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 28-27-00-040-803
(o) OpsProc 28-27-01A Trim Tank Isolation Valve
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The fuel in the trim tank should be considered as not usable and as part of the ZFW and
should be taken into account for the CG determination.
Operators must establish a procedure to determine takeoff CG.
The CG control is no longer available.
Increase the fuel consumption by 1 %.
Disregard the FUEL T.TANK XFR FAULT ECAM alert, if triggered on ground or in flight.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
T. TANK FEED sw ………………………………………………………………………..… ISOL
Applicable to : ALL
28-27-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0 (o)(m)
One or both may be inoperative in the closed position.
FUEL PENALTY ITEM
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 28-27-00-040-802
(o) OpsProc 28-27-02A Aft Transfer Valve
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The CG control is no longer available.
Increase the fuel consumption by 1 %.
Applicable to : ALL
28-27-03A Manual forward transfer
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (o)(m)
May be inoperative in the closed position provided that:
1) The auxiliary forward transfer valve is operative, and
2) The manual forward transfer from the trim tank to the inner tanks is performed as soon as
possible at the beginning of the cruise phase.
3) The aircraft is manually refuelled if the planned FOB is more than 36 000 kg (79 366 lb).
IN FLIGHT
At the beginning of the cruise phase, when the positive pitch angle is less than 3 °:
T. TANK MODE pb-sw ………………………………………………………………….. FWD
If the FUEL ABNORM MAN FWD XFR alert is displayed on the EWD:
Disregard this alert.
When the trim tank is empty:
T. TANK MODE pb-sw …………………………………………………………….. AUTO
T. TANK FEED sw …………………………………………………………………… ISOL
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 28-27-00-040-801
(o) OpsProc 28-27-03B Trim Pipe Isolation Valve (trim tank isolated)
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The fuel in the trim tank should be considered as not usable and as part of the ZFW and
should be taken into account for the CG determination.
Operators must establish a procedure to determine takeoff CG.
The CG control is no longer available.
Increase the fuel consumption by 1 %.
Disregard the FUEL T TANK XFR FAULT ECAM alert, if triggered on ground or in flight.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
T. TANK FEED sw ………………………………………………………………………… ISOL
Applicable to : ALL
28-27-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (o)(m)
May be inoperative in the closed position provided that the manual forward transfer from the
trim tank to the inner tanks is performed as soon as possible at the beginning of the cruise
phase.
FUEL PENALTY ITEM
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 28-27-00-040-804
(o) OpsProc 28-27-04A Auxiliary Forward Transfer Valve (manual fwd transfer)
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The CG control is no longer available.
Increase the fuel consumption by 1 %.
IN FLIGHT
At the beginning of the cruise phase, when the positive pitch angle is less than 3 °:
T. TANK MODE pb-sw ………………………………………………………………... FWD
If the FUEL ABNORM MAN FWD XFR alert is displayed on the EWD:
Disregard this alert.
When the trim tank is empty:
T. TANK MODE pb-sw …………………………………………………………… AUTO
T. TANK FEED sw ……………………………………………………………….… ISOL
Applicable to : ALL
28-27-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 1 0 (o)
May be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 28-27-05A Trim Tank Transfer Pump (one pump inoperative)
Applicable to : ALL
IN FLIGHT
When the positive pitch angle is more than 3 °:
Forward transfers are inhibited.
28-27-08A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (o)(m)
The trim/APU fuel line may be inoperative provided that:
1) EDTO beyond 180 min is not conducted, and
2) There is no structural leak from the trim tank, and
3) The fuel leak is confirmed not originated from the center-box, and
4) There is no fuel in the trim/APU fuel line and in the trim tank, and
5) The APU isolation valve is deactivated in the closed position, and
6) The auxiliary forward transfer valve is deactivated in the closed position, and
7) The trim pipe isolation valve is deactivated in the closed position, and
8) The trim tank is isolated, and
9) The APU is considered inoperative, and
Refer to Item 49-10-01 Power Plant (APU)
10) Absence of fuel leak at the trim/APU drain mast is checked during each crew
walk-around.
FUEL PENALTY ITEM
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 28-27-00-040-811
(o) OpsProc 28-27-08A Trim/APU Fuel Line
Applicable to : ALL
SAFETY EXTERIOR INSPECTION
Absence of fuel leak at the trim/APU drain mast is checked during each crew walk-around.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Operators must establish a procedure to determine takeoff CG.
The CG control is no longer available.
Increase the fuel consumption by 1 %.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
T. TANK FEED sw ................................................................................................. ISOL
If the FUEL TRIM LINE FAULT alert or the FUEL T TANK XFR FAULT alert is
displayed on the EWD:
Disregard these alerts, since the trim tank is isolated.
Applicable to : ALL
28-29-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (m)
May be inoperative in the closed position provided that:
1) EDTO beyond 180 min is not conducted, and
2) The APU is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 49-10-01 Power Plant (APU).
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task 28-29-00-040-801
Applicable to : ALL
28-29-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (m)
May be inoperative in the closed position provided that:
1) EDTO beyond 180 min is not conducted, and
2) The APU is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 49-10-01 Power Plant (APU)
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 28-29-00-040-802
Applicable to : ALL
28-43-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 12 0
One or more may be inoperative provided that the associated fuel quantity indication is
operative on the FUEL SD page.
Applicable to : ALL
28-46-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 1
One may be inoperative provided that:
1) The fuel quantity indications of the inner tank are operative on the FUEL SD page, and
2) The fuel quantity in the affected inner tank is monitored during the flight.
Applicable to : ALL
28-46-02B
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0
One may be inoperative provided that:
1) The fuel quantity is continuously monitored during refueling, and
2) The fuel quantity indications of the inner tanks are operative on the FUEL SD page.
Applicable to : ALL
28-46-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0
One or both may be inoperative provided that the fuel quantity is continuously monitored during
refueling.
Applicable to : ALL
28-46-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (o)
May be inoperative provided that the fuel quantity is continuously monitored during refueling.
FUEL PENALTY ITEM
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 28-46-04A Trim Tank High Level Detection
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The aft transfers are inhibited.
The CG control is no longer available.
Increase the fuel consumption by 1 %.
Applicable to : ALL
28-46-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 3 0
One or more may be inoperative provided that the fuel level is monitored in flight.
28-51-01 FCMC 1
Applicable to : ALL
28-51-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- 1 1
Must be operative.
28-51-02 FCMC 2
Applicable to : ALL
28-51-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (m)
May be inoperative provided that:
1) The associated fuel level sensing part is checked to have power, and
2) All F. USED indications are operative on the FUEL SD page , and
3) The trim tank fuel temperature indication is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 28-07-03-03 Trim Tank Fuel Temperature Indication on the FUEL SD page
Note : When the FCMC 2 is inoperative, the fuel quantity indications on the FUEL SD page can
have dashes on the two last digits.
Refer to Item 28-07-02-03 Fuel Quantity Indication (FQI) in Degraded Mode on the FUEL
SD page
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 28-51-00-040-801
Applicable to : ALL
28-51-03A Data transfer inoperative from one FMGEC to FCMCs
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 1
Data transfer from one FMGEC to FCMCs may be inoperative. Data to both FCMCs is transmitted
by the other FMGEC.
28-51-03B Data transfer inoperative from both FMGECs to FCMCs, and manual forward
transfer from trim tank
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0 (o)
Data transfer from both FMGECs to FCMCs may be inoperative provided that the manual forward
transfer from the trim tank to the inner tanks is performed as soon as possible at the beginning of
the cruise phase.
FUEL PENALTY ITEM
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 28-51-03B FCMC Initialization (ZFW, ZFCG) (manual fwd transfer)
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The CG control is no longer available.
Increase the fuel consumption by 1 %.
AFTER ENGINE START
If GW and CG values are missing in the MCDU FUEL PRED page:
Insert GW and CG
The flight envelope (FE) part of the FMGEC will compute back up CG and GW during flight.
This enables to obtain a speed profile, speed computations and predictions.
IN FLIGHT
At the beginning of the cruise phase, when the positive pitch angle is less than 3 °:
T. TANK MODE pb-sw …………………………………………………………………. FWD
If the FUEL ABNORM MAN FWD XFR alert is displayed on the EWD:
Disregard this alert.
When the trim tank is empty:
T. TANK MODE pb-sw …………………………………………………………….AUTO
T. TANK FEED sw …………………………………………………………………. ISOL
28-51-03C Data transfer inoperative from both FMGECs to FCMCs, and trim tank isolated
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0 (o)(m)
Data transfer from both FMGECs to FCMCs may be inoperative provided that there is no fuel in
the trim tank or the fuel in the trim tank is considered as not usable and as part of ZFW and is
taken into account for CG determination
FUEL PENALTY ITEM
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 28-51-00-040-802
(o) OpsProc 28-51-03C FCMC Initialization (ZFW, ZFCG) (trim tank isolated)
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The fuel in the trim tank should be considered as not usable and as part of the ZFW and should
be taken into account for the CG determination.
Operators must establish a procedure to determine takeoff CG.
The CG control is no longer available.
Increase the fuel consumption by 1 %.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
T. TANK FEED sw ……………………………………………………………………..……. ISOL
AFTER ENGINE START
If GW and CG values are missing in the MCDU FUEL PRED page:
Insert GW and CG
The flight envelope (FE) part of the FMGEC will compute back up CG and GW during flight.
This enables to obtain a speed profile, speed computations and predictions.
Applicable to : ALL
29-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 3 0
One or more may be inoperative provided that the associated reservoir quantity indication is
operative on the HYD SD page.
Applicable to : ALL
29-01-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 3 0
One or more may be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
29-01-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 3 0
One or more may be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
29-01-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 4 0
One or more may be inoperative provided that the associated reservoir quantity indication is
operative on the HYD SD page.
Applicable to : ALL
29-01-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 4 0
One or more may be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
29-07-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 3 0
One or more may be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
29-07-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 4 0
One or more may be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
29-07-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 4 0
One or more may be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
29-07-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 3 0 (o)(m)
One or more may be inoperative provided that the associated electric pump is deactivated.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 29-31-00-040-807
(o) OpsProc 29-07-04A Electric Pump OVHT Indication on the HYD SD Page
Applicable to : ALL
IN FLIGHT
If the yellow electric pump is affected
and
In the case of failure of engine 2:
The extension/retraction time of the flaps increases.
Applicable to : ALL
29-07-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0
May be inoperative provided that the RAT is visually checked to be stowed before each flight.
Applicable to : ALL
29-07-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 3 2 (m)
One may be inoperative provided that:
1) The associated HYD RSVR LO LVL alert is operative, and
2) The associated reservoir quantity is checked before each flight.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 29-31-00-040-801
Applicable to : ALL
29-07-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 3 0 (o)
One or more may be inoperative provided that the associated system pressure is checked
available before each flight.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 29-07-07A System Label Indication on the HYD SD Page
Applicable to : ALL
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
- BLUE ELEC pump pb-sw ………………………………………………………………. STBY
- BLUE ELEC pump ON pb-sw …………………………………………………………….. ON
- GREEN ELEC pump pb-sw ……………………………………………………………. AUTO
- GREEN ELEC pump ON pb-sw …………………………………………………………... ON
- YELLOW ELEC pump pb-sw …………………………………………………………... AUTO
- YELLOW ELEC pump ON pb-sw …………………………………………………………. ON
- Move the CAPT or the F/O side stick left or right.
- On the F/CTL SD page, check the spoilers movement.
- BLUE ELEC pump ON pb-sw ……………………………………………………………. STBY
- GREEN ELEC pump ON pb-sw …………………………………………………………. AUTO
- YELLOW ELEC pump ON pb-sw ……………………………………………………….. AUTO
Applicable to : ALL
29-07-08A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 3 2 (o)
One may be inoperative provided that the associated system label indication is operative on the
HYD SD page .
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 29-07-08A System Pressure Indication on the HYD SD Page
Applicable to : ALL
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
If the green system is affected:
- GREEN ELEC pump pb-sw ……………………………………………………….OFF
- On the HYD SD page, check that the GREEN system label is amber.
- GREEN ELEC pump pb-sw ……………………………………………………. AUTO
- GREEN ELEC pump ON pb-sw ………………………………………………...… ON
- On the HYD SD page, check that the system label is green (triangle) and white (GREEN
text)
- GREEN ELEC pumpON pb-sw ………………………………………………… AUTO
If the blue system is affected:
- BLUE ELEC pump pb-sw …………………………………………………………. OFF
- On the HYD SD age, check that the BLUE system label is amber.
- BLUE ELEC pump pb-sw ………………………………………………………… STBY
- BLUE ELEC ON pb-sw ………………………………………………………………. ON
- On the HYD SD page, check that the system label is green (triangle) and white (BLUE
text).
- BLUE ELEC ON pb-sw …………………………………………………………….. STBY
If the yellow system is affected:
- YELLOW ELEC pb-sw ……………………………………………………………… OFF
- On the HYD SD page, check that the YELLOW system label is amber.
- YELLOW ELEC pb-sw …………………………………………………………..… AUTO
- YELLOW ELEC ON pb-sw ……………………………………………………………. ON
- On the HYD SD pag, check that the system label is green (triangle) and white (YELLOW
text)
- YELLOW ELEC ON pb-sw …………………………………………………………. AUTO
Applicable to : ALL
29-09-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 3 0
One or more may be displayed on the EWD
Applicable to : ALL
29-09-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0 (m)
One or both may be inoperative provided that :
1) The affected low pressure switch is deactivated, and
2) The associated system pressure indication is operative on the HYD SD page.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 29-31-00-040-808
Applicable to : ALL
29-09-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 3 0 (m)(o)
One or more may be inoperative provided that :
1) The affected low pressure switch is deactivated, and
2) The associated system pressure indication is operative on the HYD SD page, and
3) The associated green EDP is checked operative before each flight.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 29-31-00-040-808
(o) OpsProc 29-09-03A HYD G ENGINE PUMP LO PR Alert
Applicable to : ALL
AFTER ENGINE START
If the false HYD G ENG 1(2) PUMP LO PR alert is displayed on the EWD :
- GREEN ENG 1(2) pump pb-sw (non-affectd pump) ……………………….…. OFF
- On the HYD SD page, check that the pressure of the green hydraulic system is between
2,800 PSI and 3,200 PSI.
- GREEN ENG 1(2) pump pb-sw (non-affected pump) ………………………….. On
If the false HYD G ENG 1+2 PUMP LO PR alert is displayed on the EWD :
- GREEN ENG 1 pump pb-sw ……………………………………………………. OFF
- On the HYD SD page, check that the pressure of the green hydraulic system is between
2,800 PSI and 3,200 PSI.
- GREEN ENG 1 pump pb-sw ……………………………………………………… On
- GREEN ENG 2 pump pb-sw ……………………………………………………. OFF
- On the HYD SD page, check that the pressure of the green hydraulic system is between
2,800 PSI and 3,200 PSI
- GREEN ENG 2 pump pb-sw ……………………………………………………… On
Applicable to : ALL
29-09-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 3 2 (m)
One may be inoperative provided that the air pressure is checked on the associated reservoir
before each flight.
Note : Disregard the related Push-button switch Fault Light & indications.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 29-31-00-040-802
Applicable to : ALL
29-09-05A HYD G RSVR LO LVL alert inoperative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 3 2 (m)
The HYD G RSVR LO LVL alert may be displayed on the EWD provided that :
1) The alert is conformed to be false by troubleshooting, and
2) The green reservoir quantity indication is checked on the HYD SD page before each flight,
and
3) The green reservoir low level indication is deactivated.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 29-31-00-040-809
Applicable to : ALL
29-09-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 3 2
One may be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
TR
29-09-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 6 0 (o)
One or more may be inoperative provided that the associated system pressure is checked
available before each flight.
TO
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 29-09-07A HYD G(B)(Y)(G+B)(G+Y)(B+Y) SYS LO PR Alert
Applicable to : ALL
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
- BLUE ELEC pump pb-sw …………………………………………………………….. STBY
R
- BLUE ELEC pump ON pb-sw …………………………………………………………… ON
- GREEN ELEC pump pb-sw ………………………………………………………….. AUTO
FE
- GREEN ELEC pump ON pb-sw ………………………………………………………… ON
- YELLOW ELEC pump pb-sw ………………………………………………………… AUTO
- YELLOW ELEC pump ON pb-sw ……………………………………………………….. ON
RE
TAXI
Note : Due to a false HYD G(B)(Y)(G+B)(G+Y)(B+Y) SYS LO PR alert displayed on the EWD,
the "T.O CONFIG NORMAL" line will not replace the "T.O CONFIG…TEST" line in the T.O
D
MEMO.
CAUTION The T.O CONFIG pb must be maintained pressed while checking that
there is no alert except a false HYD G(B)(Y)(G+B)(G+Y)(B+Y) SYS LO PR
LI
alert.
T.O CONFIG pb …………………………………………………………………………… Press
VA
Consider normal configuration for takeoff provided that no alert was displayed during the T.O
CONFIG TEST except a false HYD G(B)(Y)(G+B)(G+Y)(B+Y) SYS LO PR alert.
IN
Applicable to : ALL
TR
29-09-08A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (m)
May be inoperative provided that the HSMU computer is checked correctly installed in its rack
TO
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 29-31-00-040-804
R
FE
RE
Applicable to : ALL
29-09-09A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
-
C 1 0 (m)
May be inoperative provided that the RAT integrity is checked before each flight
D
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 29-31-00-040-803
LI
VA
IN
Applicable to : ALL
29-09-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- 3 3 (o)
All must be operative.
Applicable to : ALL
29-09-08A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (m)
May be inoperative provided that the HSMU computer is checked correctly installed in its rack
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 29-31-00-040-804
Applicable to : ALL
29-09-09A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (m)
May be inoperative provided that the RAT integrity is checked before each flight
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 29-31-00-040-803
Applicable to : ALL
29-10-01B
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- 4 4
All must be operative
Applicable to : ALL
29-10-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 4 3 (o)
One may be inoperative.
Reference(s)
Applicable to : ALL
29-10-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 3 0 (m)
One or more may be inoperative provided that the affected accumulator is deactivated.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task
Applicable to : ALL
29-10-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- 2 2
Both must be operative.
Applicable to : ALL
29-10-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- 4 4
All must be operative.
Applicable to : ALL
29-10-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 4 3 (m)
One may be inoperative provided that it is removed
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 29-10-00-040-801
Applicable to : ALL
29-10-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- 4 4
All must be operative
Applicable to : ALL
29-10-08A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 3 2
One may be inoperative
Applicable to : ALL
29-10-09A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (m)
May be inoperative provided that an equivalent filter is used to fill the hydraulic reservoir
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 29-16-00-040-801
Applicable to : ALL
29-20-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (o)
May be inoperative
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 29-20-01A Green Auxiliary Hydraulic Power (Electric pump)
Applicable to : ALL
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
GREEN ELEC pb-sw ………………………………………………………………………. OFF
Applicable to : ALL
29-20-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- 1 1
Must be operative
Applicable to : ALL
29-20-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (o)
May be inoperative
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 29-20-03A Blue Auxiliary Hydraulic Power (Electric pump)
Applicable to : ALL
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
BLUE ELEC pb-sw ………………………………………………………………………… OFF-
Applicable to : ALL
29-20-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (o)
May be inoperative
Note: The AFT and FWD cargo doors must be operated manually.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 29-20-04A Yellow Auxiliary Hydraulic Power (Electric pump)
Applicable to : ALL
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
YELLOW ELEC pb-sw …………………………………………………………………….. OFF
IN FLIGHT
In the case of failure of engine 2 :
The extension/retraction time of the flaps increases.
Applicable to : ALL
29-20-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (m)
May be inoperative provided that the integrity of the yellow hydraulic system is not affected.
Note : The pump must be removed if it is leaking
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 29-23-00-040-802
Applicable to : ALL
30-01-01-01A Associated engine anti-ice valve considered inoperative in the closed
position
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 1
One may be inoperative provided that the associated engine anti-ice valve is considered
inoperative in the closed position.
Refer to Item 30-21-01C Engine Anti-Ice Valve
30-01-01-01B Associated engine anti-ice valve considered inoperative in the open position
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
A 2 0
One or both may be inoperative provided that the pressure regulating section of the associated
engine anti-ice valve is considered inoperative in the open position.
Refer to Item 30-21-02 Engine Anti-Ice Valve - Pressure Regulating Section
Applicable to : ALL
30-01-01-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0
One or both may be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
30-01-01-03A Anti-ice "arrow" symbol operative on the BLEED SD page
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (o)
May be inoperative provided that the anti-ice “arrow” symbols on the BLEED SD page are
operative.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 30-01-01-03A ANTI ICE WING pb-sw FAULT light
Applicable to : ALL
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
Check of the anti-ice "arrow" symbols:
- Make sure that the APU bleed air supply system is available.
- ANTI ICE WING pb-sw ……………………………………………………………….. ON
- On the BLEED SD page, check that the anti-ice "arrow" symbols are displayed amber and
disappear after 30 s.
- ANTI ICE WING pb-sw …………………………………………………………………Off
Note : If the A.ICE L(R) INR(OUTR) WING LO PR alert is displayed on the EWD, disregard this
alert.
30-01-01-03B Wing anti-ice control valves considered inoperative in the closed position
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0
May be inoperative provided that the wing anti-ice control valves are considered inoperative in the
closed position.
Refer to Item 30-11-01A Wing Anti-Ice Control Valve
Applicable to : ALL
30-01-01-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0
May be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
30-01-01-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0
May be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
30-01-02-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0
One or both may be inoperative provided that the associated low speed function is operative.
Applicable to : ALL
30-01-02-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0
One or both may be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
30-07-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0
One or both may be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
30-07-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 4 0
One or more may be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
30-11-01A Inoperative in the closed position
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 4 0 (m)
One or more may be inoperative in the closed position provided that:
1) EDTO beyond 180 min is not conducted, and
2) The aircraft is not operated in known or forecast icing conditions.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 30-11-00-040-801
Landing performance
Multiply the landing distances by 1.02.
ON GROUND
Apply the A.ICE L(R) INR (OUTR) WING OPEN ECAM procedure displayed on the EWD.
When the wing anti-ice control valve is failed on the right side only,
and
If the APU bleed air is used for air conditioning:
Maintain the X BLEED selector at CLOSE.
AFTER TAKEOFF
When above 1 500 ft:
Apply the automatic recall of the A.ICE L(R) INR (OUTR) WING OPEN ECAM procedure
displayed on the EWD.
IN FLIGHT
In the case of failure of a Bleed Air Supply System:
PACK (affected side) pb-sw .......................................................................................... OFF
AFTER LANDING
Apply the automatic recall of the A.ICE L(R) INR (OUTR) WING OPEN ECAM procedure
displayed on the EWD.
Applicable to : ALL
30-21-01C
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 1
One may be inoperative in the closed position provided that:
1) EDTO is not conducted, and
2) The aircraft is not operated in known or forecast icing conditions.
Applicable to : ALL
30-21-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
A 2 0 (o)(m)
One or both may be inoperative in the open position for 10 consecutive calendar days provided that
the associated shutoff section is operative.
FUEL PENALTY ITEM
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 30-21-00-040-805
(o) OpsProc 30-21-02A Engine Anti-Ice Valve - Pressure Regulating Section
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Takeoff performance
Apply the following reductions on the MTOW and the speeds
Flight planning
Increase the fuel consumption by 0.3 %.
Landing performance
Multiply the landing distances by 1.01.
BEFORE TAKEOFF
If the engine anti-ice is required:
- ANTI ICE ENG 1 pb-sw ……………………………………………………………………. ON
- ANTI ICE ENG2 pb-sw …………………………………………………………………….. ON
TAKEOFF
Perform the takeoff using full thrust (TOGA).
Applicable to : ALL
30-21-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
A 2 0 (o)(m)
One or both may be inoperative in the open position for 10 consecutive calendar days provided
that:
1) The associated pressure regulating section is in the unlocked (activated) position, and
2) The associated A.ICE ENG 1(2) REGUL FAULT alert was not displayed on the EWD during
the previous flight, and
3) The Flight Manual performance penalties are applied.
FUEL PENALTY ITEM
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 30-21-00-040-808
(o) OpsProc 30-21-03A Engine Anti-Ice Valve - Shutoff Section
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Takeoff performance
Following procedures and decrements may be used for takeoff performance determination if
no takeoff data (Predetermined by using OCTOPUS program or other equivalent program with
present failure case taken into account) is available.
Apply the following reductions on the MTOW and the speeds
Flight planning
Increase fuel consumption by 1 % per engine anti ice valve blocked in the open position.
Single engine cruise
Landing performance
Multiply the landing distances by 1.01.
BEFORE TAKEOFF
- ANTI ICE ENG 1 pb-sw ……………………………………………………………………… ON
- ANTI ICE ENG 2 pb-sw ……………………………………………………………………… ON
TAKEOFF
If the above method was used for takeoff performance determination:
Perform the takeoff using full thrust (TOGA).
AFTER TAKEOFF
At thrust reduction, when the engine anti-ice is not required:
ANTI ICE ENG 1(2) pb-sw (operative valve) ……………………………………………..... Off
Applicable to : ALL
30-31-01A Associated probe heating channel operative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 3 2 (m)
One may be inoperative provided that the associated probe heating channel is checked operative.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 30-31-00-040-801
In the case of double failure of the alpha probe heaters, Refer to QRH/DOUBLE AOA HEAT
FAILURE.
Applicable to : ALL
30-31-02A CAPT or F/O pitot heater inoperative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
B 3 2 (o)(m)
The CAPT or F/O pitot heater may be inoperative provided that:
1) The ADRs, heaters and failure alerts associated with the operative units are operative, and
2) The aircraft is not operated in visible moisture or known or forecast icing conditions.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 30-31-00-040-802
(o) OpsProc 30-31-02A Pitot Heater
Applicable to : ALL
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
If the CAPT side is affected:
AIR DATA SWITCHING selector ………………………………………………. CAPT ON 3
If the F/O side is affected:
AIR DATA SWITCHING selector ………………………………………………….. F/O ON 3
IN FLIGHT
If icing conditions are encountered:
If the CAPT side is affected:
ADR 1 pb-sw ………………………………………………………………………. OFF
The ADR 1 pb-sw must remain set to OFF for the remainder of the flight.
If the F/O side is affected:
ADR 2 pb-sw ……………………………………………………………………….. OFF
The ADR 2 pb-sw must remain set to OFF for the remainder of the flight.
Applicable to : ALL
30-31-03A One STBY static port heater inoperative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 6 5
One STBY static port heater may be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
30-31-04A CAPT or STBY AOA inoperative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 3 2 (o)(m)
The CAPT or STBY AOA probe heating may be inoperative provided that:
1) EDTO is not conducted, and
2) The ADRs, heaters and failure alerts associated with the operative units are operative.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 30-31-00-040-804
(o) OpsProc 30-31-04A Angle of Attack (AOA) Probes Heating
Applicable to : ALL
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
If the CAPT side is affected:
AIR DATA SWITCHING selector ……………………………………………….. CAPT ON 3
If the F/O side is affected:
AIR DATA SWITCHING selector ……………………………………………………F/O ON 3
IN FLIGHT
If icing conditions are encountered:
If the CAPT side is affected:
ADR 1 pb-sw …………………………………………………………………..…… OFF
The ADR 1 pb-sw must remain set to OFF for the remainder of the flight.
If the F/O side is affected:
ADR 2 pb-sw ……………………………………………………………………..… OFF
The ADR 2 pb-sw must remain set to OFF for the remainder of the flight.
If the STBY side is affected:
ADR 3 pb-sw ………………………………………………………………………… OFF
The ADR 3 pb-sw must remain set to OFF for the remainder of the flight.
In the case of double failure of the alpha probe heaters, Refer to QRH/DOUBLE AOA HEAT
FAILURE.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 30-31-00-040-804
(o) OpsProc 30-31-04B Angle of Attack (AOA) Probes Heating
Applicable to : ALL
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
If the CAPT side is affected:
AIR DATA SWITCHING selector ……………………………………………….. CAPT ON 3
If the F/O side is affected:
AIR DATA SWITCHING selector ……………………………………………………F/O ON 3
IN FLIGHT
If icing conditions are encountered:
If the CAPT side is affected:
ADR 1 pb-sw …………………………………………………………………..…… OFF
The ADR 1 pb-sw must remain set to OFF for the remainder of the flight.
If the F/O side is affected:
ADR 2 pb-sw ……………………………………………………………………..… OFF
The ADR 2 pb-sw must remain set to OFF for the remainder of the flight.
If the STBY side is affected:
ADR 3 pb-sw ………………………………………………………………………… OFF
The ADR 3 pb-sw must remain set to OFF for the remainder of the flight.
In the case of double failure of the alpha probe heaters, Refer to QRH/DOUBLE AOA HEAT
FAILURE.
Applicable to : ALL
30-31-05A One inoperative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 1
One may be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
30-42-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 1 (o)(m)
One may be inoperative provided that :
1) The aircraft is not operated in known or forecast icing conditions, and
2) All heaters and failure alerts on the fixed and sliding windows associated with the operative
unit are operative.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 30-42-00-040-801
(o) OpsProc 30-42-01A Window Heat Computer
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
When the PF side is inoperative :
Maximum landing capability is CAT 1
When the PM side is inoperative :
Maximum landing capability is not affected and is still CAT 3 DUAL.
Applicable to : ALL
30-42-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 4 0
One or more may be inoperative
Applicable to : ALL
30-42-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 1 (o)
One may be inoperative provided that the aircraft is not operated in known or forecast icing
conditions
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 30-42-03A Front Windshield Heating
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
When the PF side is inoperative :
Maximum landing capability is CAT 1
When the PM side is inoperative :
Maximum landing capability is not affected and is still CAT 3 DUAL
Applicable to : ALL
30-42-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0
May be inoperative provided that the PROBE/WINDOW HEAT system is manually activated before
engine start.
Applicable to : ALL
30-45-01A Inoperative on the PM side
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
A 2 1
One may be inoperative on the PM side for three flights
Applicable to : ALL
30-45-02A One or both inoperative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0
One or both may be inoperative provided that the associated wiper can be positioned in a location
that will not obstruct the forward vision
Applicable to : ALL
30-45-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 2 0
One or both may be inoperative.
Note : No entry in the logbook is required when it is installed but intentionally deactivated
Applicable to : ALL
30-71-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 3 0 (m)
One or more may be inoperative provided that :
1) The associated galleys and lavatories are not used, and
2) The associated lavatory water supplies are closed.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 30-71-00-040-801
Applicable to : ALL
30-81-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 1 0 (o)
May be inoperative
Reference(s)
Applicable to : ALL
30-81-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- - -
Refer to AFM/MCDL-30-01 Icing Indicator
Applicable to : ALL
30-81-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 1 0 (o)
May be inoperative
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 30-81-03A Lighting of External Visual Icing Indicator
Applicable to : ALL
IN FLIGHT
If icing conditionings are expected during night operations :
Turn on the engine anti-ice and the wing anti-ice.
Applicable to : ALL
31-01-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0
May be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
31-01-01-02A AUTO position
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (o)
May be inoperative in the AUTO position.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 31-01-01-02A RCDR GND CTL pb-sw
Applicable to : ALL
ON GROUND
● Within 5 min after the aircraft is electrically supplied
or
After the first engine start:
CVR TEST pb................................................................... PRESS
31-01-01-02B ON position
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (m)
May be inoperative in the ON position
Note: Apply the maintenance procedure after landing if the CVR recording needs to be
stopped.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task 23-71-00-040-801
Applicable to : ALL
31-05-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- - - -
Refer to Item 22-05-01 AP/FD Related Indications on the FMA
Applicable to : ALL
31-05-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- - - -
Refer to Item 22-05-02 A/THR Related Indications on the FMA
Applicable to : ALL
31-05-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- - - -
Refer to Item 22-05-03 Approach and Landing Capabilities on the FMA
Applicable to : ALL
31-05-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- - - -
Refer to Item 22-05-04 Special Messages on the FMA
31-05-05 Actual Airspeed Reference Line and Scale Indication on the PFD
Applicable to : ALL
31-05-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- - - -
Refer to Item 34-05-01 Actual Airspeed Reference Line and Scale Indications on the PFD
Applicable to : ALL
31-05-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- - - -
Refer to Item 34-05-02 Mach Number Indication on the PFD
Applicable to : ALL
31-05-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- - - -
Refer to Item 34-05-03 VMO/MMO Characteristic Speed Indication on the PFD
Applicable to : ALL
31-05-08A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- - - -
Refer to Item 34-05-04 Other Characteristic Speed Indications on the PFD
Applicable to : ALL
31-05-09A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- - - -
Refer to Item 34-05-05 Altitude Indication on the PFD
Applicable to : ALL
31-05-10A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- - - -
Refer to Item 34-05-06 Baro Reference Indication on the PFD
Applicable to : ALL
31-05-11A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- - - -
Refer to Item 34-05-07 Vertical Speed in Inertial Mode Indication on the PFD
Applicable to : ALL
31-05-12A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- - - -
Refer to Item 34-05-08 Other Air Data Related Indications on the PFD
Applicable to : ALL
31-05-13A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- - - -
Refer to Item 34-05-09 Attitude Indication on the PFD
Applicable to : ALL
31-05-14A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- - - -
Refer to Item 34-05-10 Heading Indication on the PFD
Applicable to : ALL
31-05-15A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- - - -
Refer to Item 34-05-11 Radio Navaids Indications on the PFD
Applicable to : ALL
31-06-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- - - -
Refer to Item 34-06-01 Ground Speed Indication on the ND
Applicable to : ALL
31-06-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- - - -
Refer to Item 34-06-02 True Air Speed Indication on the ND
Applicable to : ALL
31-06-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- - - -
Refer to Item 34-06-03 Wind Indication on the ND
Applicable to : ALL
31-06-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- - - -
Refer to Item 34-06-04 Heading Indication on the ND
Applicable to : ALL
31-06-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- - - -
Refer to Item 34-06-05 MAP Information on the ND
Applicable to : ALL
31-06-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- - - -
Refer to Item 34-06-06 Radio Navaids Indications on the ND
Applicable to : ALL
31-06-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- - - -
Refer to Item 34-06-07 Chrono Indication on the ND
Applicable to : ALL
31-07-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- - - -
Refer to corresponding item in associated ATA chapter.
31-07-02 Permanent Data (TAT, SAT, ISA, GLOAD, UTC, GW, GWCG) Indications
on the SD
Applicable to : ALL
31-07-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 7 1 -
One or more may be inoperative except TAT indication.
Applicable to : ALL
31-08-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- - -
Refer to Item 77-08
Applicable to : ALL
31-08-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- - -
Refer to Item 28-08-01 Fuel on Board (FOB) Indication on the EWD
Applicable to : ALL
31-08-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 6 0
One or more may be inoperative
Applicable to : ALL
31-08-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- - -
Refer to Item 27-08-01 Flap Position Indication on the EWD
and Refer to Item 27-08-02 Slat Position Indication on the EWD
Applicable to : ALL
31-20-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (o)
May be inoperative provided that:
1) The UTC indication from the CMS is operative on the Permanent Data of the SD , and
2) A chrono indication is operative on at least one ND .
Note: The following recommendation is only applicable to aircraft equipped with the Electrical
Clock P/N APE5100-1 :
In that case, the flight crew must set the clock selector to internal (INT) mode
in order to recover the elapsed time and chronometer functions. The clock is
considered operative.
When the clock is in INT mode, the flight crew must synchronize the clock with
the GPS at least one time per day to comply with the time precision required for
ATC datalink communication. Refer to FCOM/DSC-31-55-20 Operation in Internal
Mode.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 31-20-01A Electrical Clock Indicator
Applicable to : ALL
ON GROUND OR IN FLIGHT
After any CMC electrical power interruption resulting in the loss of the UTC indication
on the Permanent Data of the SD page (40 H 00 displayed on the Permanent Data of the
SD page) :
Initialize the UTC and the date using the MCDU : Refer to FCOM/DSC-45-20 UTC / DATE INIT
After initialization of the UTC indication on the Permanent Data of the SD :
If the F/CTL FLAP TIP BRK FAULT and/or the F/CTL SLAT TIP BRK FAULT alerts
are displayed on the EWD :
The flight crew should contact the maintenance personnel to perform corresponding
slats and/or flaps WTB engagement test (Refer to the AMM ) to clear the alerts.
Applicable to : ALL
31-30-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 1 0
May be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
31-30-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
A 1 0
May be inoperative for 8 flights or 3 consecutive calendar days, whichever occurs first,
provided that the CVR is operative.
Applicable to : ALL
31-30-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 1 0
May be inoperative.
Note : DMU function of the FDIMU may be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
31-30-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
A 1 0
May be inoperative provided that the DFDR and the QAR are considered inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
31-30-05A DFDR Recording Parameters Required by Regulation
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
A - -
For DFDR recording parameters required by regulation, up to three (3) parameters may be
inoperative provided :
1) Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR) operates normally and,
2) Repairs are made within 20 calendar days.
Applicable to : ALL
31-53-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 1 (o)
FWC 2 may be inoperative
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 31-53-01A Flight Warning Computer (FWC)
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 2.
Applicable to : ALL
31-53-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 1
One may be inoperative
Applicable to : ALL
31-53-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 1
One may be inoperative
Applicable to : ALL
31-53-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 1
One may be inoperative
Applicable to : ALL
31-53-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 1
One may be inoperative
Applicable to : ALL
31-53-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0 (o)
One or both may be inoperative provided that one autopilot is operative
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 31-53-06A Altitude Alert
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
When both altitude alert functions are inoperative :
RVSM operations are not permitted.
Applicable to : ALL
31-55-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 1
DAC 2 may be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
31-56-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 13 1
One or more may be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
31-56-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- 1 1
Must be operative.
Applicable to : ALL
31-56-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 1
One may be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
31-56-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- 1 1
Must be operative.
Applicable to : ALL
31-56-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- 1 1
Must be operative.
Applicable to : ALL
31-56-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (o)
May be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 31-56-06A STS pb on the ECP
Applicable to : ALL
ON GROUND OR IN FLIGHT
● When the STS reminder appears at the bottom of the E/WD, or whenever the flight crew
Applicable to : ALL
31-56-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (o)
May be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 31-56-07A T.O CONFIG pb on the ECP
Applicable to : ALL
BEFORE TAKEOFF
Check that the aircraft is in the correct takeoff configuration:
- FLAPS/SLATS ………………………………………………………………….. CHECK
- On the EWD, check that the FLAPS position corresponds to the position inserted in the
MCDU PERF TAKE OFF Page.
- PITCH TRIM ……………………………………………………………………. CHECK
- Check that the selected pitch trim is in the green band of the pitch trim wheel and
corresponds to the value inserted in the MCDU PERF TAKE OFF Page.
- RUDDER TRIM CHECK ……………………………………………………….. ZERO
- GROUND SPOILERS ...................................................................CHECK ARMED
- SPEEDBRAKE lever …………………………………………………….. CHECK RET
- SIDESTICK PRIORITY light ……………………………………...... CHECK NO RED
- On the WHEEL SD page, check that the brakes temperature is below 300 °C.
- On the DOOR/OXY SD page, check that all doors are indicated closed.
- Deselect the DOOR/OXY SD page after the check.
31-62-03 DMC
Applicable to : ALL
31-62-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 3 2
DMC 2 may be inoperative provided that the EFIS DMC selector on F/O side is set to 3.
Applicable to : ALL
31-63-01A PFDU 2, NDU 2 or SDU inoperative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 6 5 (o)
PFDU 2 or NDU 2 or SDU may be inoperative.
Note : For RNP 1 operation, PFDU and NDU must be operative on a PF side.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 31-63-01A Display Unit (DU)
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
When one PFDU or one NDU is inoperative:
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
Maximum landing capability is CAT 2.
●If the PF side is affected:
RNP APCH operations are not permitted.
RNAV 10 operations are not permitted.
RNAV 5 operations are not permitted.
RNAV 1 / RNAV 2 operations are not permitted.
RNP 4 operations are not permitted.
RNP 2 operations are not permitted.
RNP 1 operations are not permitted.
ON GROUND OR IN FLIGHT
If the SDU is inoperative:
and
In the case of alerts being displayed on the EWDU:
Use the ECAM/ND SWITCHING selector to display the System Page on the selected NDU.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 31-63-01B Display Unit (DU)
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
When one PFDU or one NDU is inoperative:
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
Maximum landing capability is CAT 2.
●If the PF side is affected:
RNP APCH operations are not permitted.
RNAV 10 operations are not permitted.
RNAV 5 operations are not permitted.
RNAV 1 / RNAV 2 operations are not permitted.
RNP 4 operations are not permitted.
RNP 2 operations are not permitted.
RNP 1 operations are not permitted.
ON GROUND OR IN FLIGHT
If the SDU is inoperative:
and
In the case of alerts being displayed on the EWDU:
Use the ECAM/ND SWITCHING selector to display the System Page on the selected NDU.
Applicable to : ALL
31-68-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- - -
Refer to Item 34-17-01 AIR DATA SWITCHING selector
Applicable to : ALL
31-68-01-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- - -
Refer to Item 34-17-02 ATT HDG SWITCHING selector
Applicable to : ALL
31-68-01-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- - -
Refer to Item 23-53-01 AUDIO SWITCHING selector
Applicable to : ALL
31-68-01-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- - -
Refer to Item 22-77-01 FM SWITCHING selector in the NORM Position
or Refer to Item 22-77-02 FM SWITCHING seletor in BOTH ON 1, BOTH ON 2 Position
Applicable to : ALL
31-68-02-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 1
The EFIS DMC selector on the F/O side may be inoperative provided that:
1) The EFIS DMC selector on the F/O side is set to NORM, and
2) The EFIS displays are operative.
31-68-02-02 PFD/ND pb
Applicable to : ALL
31-68-02-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0 (o)
One or both may be inoperative provided that:
1) The associated PFD and ND units are operative, and
2) The automatic switching of PFD to ND is checked operative.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 31-68-02-02A PFD/ND pb
Applicable to : ALL
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
On the side where the PFD/ND pb is inoperative:
- PFD brightness control knob ……………………………………………………… OFF
- Check that the PFD image is automatically displayed on the NDU.
- PFD brightness control knob ………………………………………………………... On
Applicable to : ALL
31-68-03-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (m)
May be inoperative provided that:
1) The selector is in AUTO position, and
2) The automatic switching of DMC 3 to DMC 1 is checked operative.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 31-68-00-040-801
Applicable to : ALL
31-68-03-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (o)
May be inoperative provided that:
1) The selector is in NORM position, and
2) Both ECAM display units are operative, and
3) The automatic switching of EWDU to SDU is checked operative.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 31-68-03-02A ECAM/ND selector
Applicable to : ALL
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
On the ECAM Control panel:
- ECAM UPPER DISPLAY brightness control knob …………………….………… OFF
- Check that the EWD image is automatically displayed on the SDU.
- ECAM UPPER DISPLAY brightness control knob ………………………………… On
Applicable to : ALL
32-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 1 0 (m)
May be inoperative provided that:
1) The nose wheel steering control system is checked for absence of damage, and
2) All subsequent aircraft towing is performed using a tow bar, or using a towbarless towing
vehicle fitted with an operative oversteer detection system, as required by Flight Manual
limitations for towbarless operations.
Refer to AFM/LIM-09 Towbarless Operations
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 32-53-00-040-801
Applicable to : ALL
32-07-01A Without Ground Brake Cooling Time
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 8 4 (o)(m)
A maximum of two brake temperature indications per landing gear may be inoperative provided
that:
1) The associated sensor is deactivated if it triggers the BRAKES HOT alert on the EWD,and
2) All brake temperatures on the associated landing gear are measured using a hand held
infrared thermometer before each flight, and
3) The temperature of the affected brake is equal to or lower than the highest of the temperatures
measured with the infrared thermometer on the non affected brakes of the same landing gear,
before each flight.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 32-47-00-040-801
(o) OpsProc 32-07-01A Brakes Temperature Indication on the WHEEL SD Page(without Ground
Brake Cooling Time)
Applicable to : ALL
DURING TAXI OR INITIAL TAKEOFF RUN
If the BRAKES RESIDUAL BRAKING alert is displayed on the EWD:
Do not take off.
Applicable to : ALL
32-07-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 6 0
One or more may be inoperative provided that the L/G position indications are operative on the
LDG GEAR indicator panel.
Applicable to : ALL
32-07-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 4 0 (o)
One or more may be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 32-07-03A L/G Doors Position Indication on the WHEEL SD Page
Applicable to : ALL
IN FLIGHT
MAX SPEED …………………………………………………………………….. 250 kt/M 0.55
Applicable to : ALL
32-07-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0
May be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
32-07-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 3 0
One or more may be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
32-07-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0
May be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
32-07-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 10 0
One or more may be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
32-07-08A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0
May be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
32-07-09A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0
May be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
32-07-10A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0
May be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
32-07-11A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 8 0
One or more may be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
32-09-01A Associated monitoring channel deactivated
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 1 0 (m)
May be inoperative on one or more wheels provided that:
1) The alert is confirmed to be false by troubleshooting, and
2) The associated pressure monitoring channel is deactivated, and
3) The tire pressure on the affected wheel is checked to be within limits every three days.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 32-49-00-040-801
Applicable to : HL7747, HL7754, HL7792, HL7793, HL7794, HL7795, HL8258, HL8259, HL8282, HL8286, HL8293
32-11-01B
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 2 0
One or both may be inoperative.
32-31-01 LGCIU 1
Applicable to : ALL
32-31-01B
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- 1 1
Must be operative.
32-31-02 LGCIU 2
Applicable to : ALL
32-31-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (o)(m)
LGCIU 2 may be inoperative provided that both SFCCs are operative
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 32-31-00-040-802
(o) OpsProc 32-31-02A LGCIU 2
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The heating system of the lower deck cabin crew rest compartment is not available.
ON GROUND
The brake fans are not available
On the WHEEL SD page, the landing gear position indications associated with the LGCIU 2 are
displayed XX.
When the STROBE sw is set to AUTO, the strobe lights remain on.
BEFORE ENGINE START
The four EDP FAULT lights are on
The RUD TRV LIM message may be displayed in the INOP SYS column on ground on the
STATUS SD page.
DURING ENGINE START
Each EDP pressurizes the hydraulic circuit and the associated FAULT light goes off.
IN FLIGHT
The brake fans are not available
On the WHEEL SD page, the landing gear position indications associated with the LGCIU 2 are
displayed XX.
Applicable to : ALL
32-31-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 1 (m)
One may be inoperative provided that the other channel is checked operative.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 32-31-00-040-801
Applicable to : ALL
32-31-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
A 1 0 (o)(m)
May be inoperative for three flights provided that :
1) EDTO is not conducted, and
2) The aircraft is operated in accordance with the Flight Manual supplement for the flight with
landing gear down.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 32-31-00-040-804
(o) OpsProc 32-31-04A Landing Gear Retracting System
Applicable to : ALL
Refer to FCOM/PRO-NOR-SUP-LG_DN FLIGHT WITH GEAR DOWN or OCTOPUS program
(Flight with landing gears extended) can be used.
FLT L/G DOWN memo is displayed in green, when operating in ferry flight with gear down.
Applicable to : ALL
32-33-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
A 1 0 (o)(m)
May be inoperative for three flights provided that :
1) EDTO is not conducted, and
2) The aircraft is operatied in accordance with the Flight Manual supplement for the flight with
landing gear down
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 32-31-00-040-805
(o) OpsProc 32-33-01A Landing Gear Gravity Extension System
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Refer to FCOM/PRO-NOR-SUP-LG_DN FLIGHT WITH GEAR DOWN or OCTOPUS program
(Flight with landing gears extended) can be used..
Applicable to : ALL
32-41-01A Applicable to all wheel suppliers except for Goodrich-Messier Basic Main Wheels
P/N 3-1509-2 and P/N 3-1509-3
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
A NOSE : 12 / MAIN : 22 NOSE : 11 / MAIN : 21 (m)
One tie bolt on one wheel may be broken or missing for 5 flights provided that :
1) The affected wheel tie bolt is removed, and
2) The wheel and the associated brake (for the main wheel) are checked for absence of damage.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 32-41-00-040-801
Applicable to : ALL
32-42-01A One inoperative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 8 7 (o)(m)
One brake may be inoperative provided that :
1) The green and blue brake systems associated with the operative brakes are operative, and
2) The tachometers associated with the operative brakes are operative, and
3) The affected brake is deactivated or removed, and
4) The Flight Manual performance penalties are applied.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 32-42-00-040-801
(o) OpsProc 32-42-01A Main Wheel Brake (one brake inoperative)
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Takeoff performance computation
The following method may be used for takeoff performance determination if no takeoff data is
available (Predetermined by using OCTOPUS program or other equivalent program).
The method explained hereafter allows the determination of the MTOW and associated speeds
(V1, VR, V2), by applying decrements on the MTOW and associated speeds computed in
normal conditions.
The method is based on the use of RTOW charts established at optimum V2/VS, optimum
V1/VR and minimum V1.
WARNING - Do not use this method with takeoff charts computed with other conditions
- Do not use this method for takeoff on wet or contaminated runways.
- Do not use this method with tailwind.
Read, in 0 kt wind column of the takeoff chart computed in normal condition, the MTOW and
associated speeds (V1, VR, V2) corresponding to the actual temperature, even in the case of
headwind.
The method does not take into account the headwind benefit on takeoff performance.
Apply the QNH and/or bleed corrections, if any, to determine the MTOW.
Determine the MTOW and speed decrements in the following table.
If the actual runway length is not given in the table :
Linear interpolation can be used.
Apply these decrements, to calculate the MTOW and associated speeds corresponding to the
actual temperature.
If the actual TOW is lower than the MTOW calculated using above method :
The speeds determined without failure and associated with the actual TOW may be
retained provided that they are all lower than the speeds calculated using above method.
CAUTION Do not extrapolate below the shortest runway length provided by the table.
Check that the corrected V1 is above or equal to the minimum V1 value shown on the RTOW
chart (due to VMCG limitation).
If the corrected V1 is lower than the minimum V1 :
Take this last value as V1.
Further decrease the weight by 4,000 Kg (8,824 lb) per kt difference between both values.
Check that the corrected VR is above or equal to the minimum VR value shown on the RTOW
chart (due to VMCA limitaion)
If the corrected VR is lower than the minimum VR :
Takeoff is not possible.
Check that the corrected V2 is above or equal to the minimum V2 value shown on the RTOW
chart (deu to VMCA limitation)
If the corrected V2 is lower than the minimum V2 :
Takeoff is not possible
Check that the corrected V2 is above or equal to the minimum V2 due to VMU limitation.
Refer to FCOM/PER-TOF-TOD-25-20 V2 LIMITED BY VMU/VMCA
If the corrected V2 is lower than the minimum V2 :
Takeoff is not possible.
Landing performance computation
Multiply the landing distances by 1.08
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
The BRAKES RELEASED alert must be disregarded provided it is confirmed that the ECAM
alert is related to the deactivated or removed brake.
TAKEOFF
AAR A330 FLEET 2-32-42 P 2/9
MEL 11JUL18
MEL ITEMS
32 - LANDING GEAR
32-42 - Normal Braking
WARNING - Do not use this method with takeoff charts computed with other conditions
- Do not use this method for takeoff on wet or contaminated runways.
- Do not sue this method with tailwind.
Read, in 0 kt wind column of the takeoff chart computed in normal condition, the MTOW and
associated speeds (V1, VR, V2) corresponding to the actual temperature, even in the case of
headwind.
The method does not take into account the headwind benetif on takeoff performance.
Apply the QNH and/or bleed corrections, if any, to determine the MTOW.
Determine the MTOW and speed decrements in the following table.
If the actual runway length is not given in the table :
Linear interpolation can be used.
Apply these decrements, to calculate the MTOW and associated speeds corresponding to the
actual temperature.
If the actual TOW is lower than the MTOW calculated using above method :
The speeds determined without failure and associated with the actual TOW may be
retained provided that they are all lower than the speeds calculated using above method.
CAUTION Do not extrapolate below the shortest runway length provided by the table.
DECREMENTS (Δ W , Δ V1 , Δ VR , Δ V2 ) WHEN TWO BRAKES ARE INOPERATIVE (ONE PER LANDING GEAR)
CONFIGURATION
RUNWAY
LENGTH 1+F 2 3
(m) ΔW Δ V1 Δ VR Δ V2 Δ W Δ V1 Δ VR Δ V2 ΔW Δ V1 Δ VR Δ V2
kg (lb) (kt) (kt) (kt) kg (lb) (kt) (kt) (kt) kg (lb) (kt) (kt) (kt)
9,000 9,000 8,000
2 000 (19,800) 7 2 2
(19,800)
8 2 2
(17,600)
8 2 2
12,000 12,000 7,000
2 500 (26,500) 13 4 4
(26,500)
13 4 4
(15,400)
12 7 7
18,000 11,000 10,000
3 000 (39,700) 19 6 6
(24,300)
22 10 10
(22,000)
22 12 12
21,000 14,000 15,000
3 500 (46,300) 18 12 12
(30,900)
21 15 15
(33,100)
20 14 14
22,000 16,000 20,000
4 000 (48,500) 18 15 15
(35,300)
20 18 18
(44,100)
17 16 16
Check that the corrected V1 is above or equal to the minimum V1 value shown on the RTOW
chart (due to VMCG limitation).
If the corrected V1 is lower than the minimum V1 :
Take this last value as V1.
Further decrease the weight by 4,000 Kg (8,824 lb) per kt difference between both values.
AAR A330 FLEET 2-32-42 P 4/9
MEL 11JUL18
MEL ITEMS
32 - LANDING GEAR
32-42 - Normal Braking
Check that the corrected VR is above or equal to the minimum VR value shown on the RTOW
chart (due to VMCA limitation).
If the corrected VR is lower than the minimum VR :
Takeoff is not possible.
Check that the corrected V2 is above or equal to the minimum V2 Value shown on the RTOW
chart (due to VMCA limitation)
If the corrected V2 is lower than the minimum V2 :
Takeoff is not possible.
Check that the corrected V2 is above or equal to the minimum V2 due to VMU limitation.
Refer to FCOM/PER-TOF-TOD-25-20 V2 LIMITED BY VMU/VMCA
If the corrected V2 is lower than the minimum V2 :
Takeoff is not possible.
Landing performance computation
Multiply the landing distances by 1.17
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
The BRAKES RELEASED alert must be disregarded provided it is confirmed that the ECAM
alert is related to the deactivated or removed brake.
TAKEOFF
If the above method was used for takeoff performance determination :
Perform the takeoff using full thrust (TOGA).
AFTER TAKEOFF
If both engines are operative :
Keep the landing gear down for two minutes to allow the wheels to spin down
In the case of an engine failure, and when positive climb :
Retract the landing gear,
Vibrations may be present during one or two minutes after the landing gear retraction
Applicable to : ALL
32-42-02A One inoperative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 8 7 (o)(m)
Braking on one wheel may be inoperative provided that :
1) The tachometers associated with the operative brakes are operative, and
2) The green hydraulic supply of the affected brake is deactivated, and
3) The flight Manual performance penalties are applied
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 32-42-00-040-802
(o) OpsProc 32-42-02A Green System Brake (braking on one wheel inoperative)
Refer to Item 32-42-01A (o) Procedure
Applicable to : ALL
32-42-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 1
One may be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
32-42-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (o)
May be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 32-42-04A AUTO/BRK Function
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 2
DURING TAXI
When the T.O MEMO appears on the EWD :
Disregarded the line AUTO BRK ………………………………………………. MAX (Blue)
32-42-05 Tachometer
Applicable to : ALL
32-42-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 8 7 (o)
One may be inoperative provided that :
1) The Flight Manual performance penalties are applied, and
2) The AUTO/BRK function is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 32-42-04 AUTO/BRK Function
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 32-42-05A Tachometer
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Performance penalties associated with one tachometer inoperative correspond to performance
penalties associated with one brake inoperative.
Refer to OpsProc 32-42-01A Main/Centerline Wheel Brake (one brake inoperative).
ON GROUND
The BRAKES RELEASED alert may be disregarded provided that it is confirmed that this alert is
related to the faulty tachometer.
Applicable to : ALL
32-42-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0 (m)
One or both may be inoperative provided that affected brake pad is removed.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 32-42-00-040-805
Applicable to : ALL
32-44-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 8 6 (m)
Braking on one wheel per landing gear may be inoperative provided that:
1) The blue hydraulic supply of the affected brake is deactivated, and
2) All thrust reversers are operative.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 32-43-00-040-801
Applicable to : ALL
32-44-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (o)
May be inoperative provided that:
1) Both BRAKES pressure indicators are operative, and
2) The pressure on the both BRAKES pressure indicators is check with parking brake ON before
each flight.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 32-44-02A ACCU PRESS Indicator (with Brakes Pressure indicator Operative)
Applicable to : ALL
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
- BLUE ENG 1 pump pb-sw ……………………………………………………………… OFF
- BLUE ELEC pump pb-sw ……………………………………………………………….... Off
- Move a side stick in pitch and roll until the blue system pressure indication on the HYD SD
page indicates 0.
- PARK BRK handle ………………………………………………………………………… ON
- On both BRAKES pressure indicators, check that the BRAKES indication is in the upper part of
the white zone (around 2500 PSI), if required use the electric pump on the blue hydraulic
system to recharge the brake accumulators.
WARNING The blue electric pump pressurizes the blue hydraulic system.
Get ground crew clearance before using the electric pump
- Restore normal settings.
Applicable to : ALL
32-44-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0 (m)
One or both may be inoperative provided that:
1) Both BSCU systems are operative, and
2) The alternate braking system is checked operative before the first flight of each day.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 32-44-00-040-801
Applicable to : ALL
32-45-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 1
One may be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
32-48-01A Brake Fan System not used
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 1 0
May be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
32-48-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 1 0
May be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
32-48-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 1 0
May be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
32-51-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- 1 1
Must be operative.
Note : For Nose Wheel Steering Offset, Refer to FCOM/PRO-NOR-SUP-LG Operations with
Nosewheel Steering Offset - General
Applicable to : ALL
32-51-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0 (o)
One or both may be inoperative (no disconnection is possible).
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 32-51-02A Rudder PEDALS DISC pb
Applicable to : ALL
The purpose of the procedure is to explain how to perform the flight control check with one or both
PEDALS DISC pb failed in the released position.
GENERAL INFORMATION
When the disconnection is not possible on one side:
The flight control check can be performed on the operative side.
When the disconnection is not possible on both sides:
The flight control check must be performed while aircraft is stopped.
Applicable to : ALL
32-51-03A No towing mode when lever in the TOWING position
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (o)
May be inoperative (towing mode is not available when the lever is in the TOWING position).
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 32-51-03A NWS Electrical Deactivation Box (towing mode is not available when the
lever is in the TOWING position)
Applicable to : ALL
BEFORE PUSHBACK
A/SKID & N/W STRG sw ………………………………………………………..………… OFF
AFTER PUSHBACK
A/SKID & N/W STRG sw ………………………………………………………………..….. ON
Applicable to : ALL
32-51-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (o)
May be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 32-51-04A PARKING BRAKE light on the NWS electrical deactivation box
Applicable to : ALL
BEFORE PUSHBACK
The parking brake setting must be verbally confirmed between the flight crew and the ground
personnel.
Applicable to : ALL
32-53-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 1 0
May be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
32-53-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 1 0 (m)
May be inoperative provided that:
1) The nose wheel steering control system is checked for absence of damage, and
2) All subsequent aircraft towing is performed using a tow bar, or using a towbarless towing
vehicle fitted with an operative oversteer detection system, as required by Flight Manual
limitations for towbarless operations.
Refer to AFM/LIM-09 Towbarless Operations
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 32-53-00-040-801
Applicable to : ALL
32-61-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0
May be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
32-61-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (m)
DOWN red arrow light may be inoperative provided that the L/G GEAR NOT DOWN alert is
checked operative.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 32-61-00-040-801
Applicable to : ALL
33-01-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0
May be inoperative provided that both FWCs are operative.
Applicable to : ALL
33-01-01-02A DIM lighting inoperative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0
DIM lighting may be inoperative provided that the BRT lighting is operative.
Applicable to : ALL
33-01-02-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 1 0
May be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
33-01-02-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 1 0
May be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
33-01-02-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0
May be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
33-12-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C - -
May be inoperative provided that:
1) The lighting is sufficient for all instruments and controls, and
2) The RH dome light is operative.
33-20-01 Cabin Signs (No Smoking, No Portable/Elec Device, Fasten Seat Belt,
Return to Seat)
Applicable to : ALL
33-20-01A Affected seat occupied
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C - 0
One or more signs may be inoperative and the affected passenger seat may be occupied provided
that:
1) The passenger address system is operative, and can be clearly heard throughout the cabin
during the flight, and
2) The passenger address system is used to alert passengers when return to seat is requested,
seat belts should be fastened, smoking is prohibited and portable/electrical device should be
switched OFF.
Applicable to : ALL
33-20-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 9 0 (o)
One or more may be inoperative and the affected lavatory may be used provided that:
1) The passenger address system is checked operative in the affected lavatory, and
2) The passenger address system is used to alert the occupant to return to his seat.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 33-20-02A Lavatory Sign (Return to Seat)
Applicable to : ALL
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
Check that the passenger address system is operative in the affected lavatory with the door
closed.
Applicable to : ALL
33-21-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C - - (o)
One or more lights may be inoperative provided that:
1) The lighting is sufficient for the cabin attendants to perform their duties, and
2) The lighting is sufficient to charge the photoluminescent Floor Path Marking System
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 33-21-01A Cabin General Illumination
Applicable to : ALL
GENERAL INFORMATION
● For aircraft equipped with photoluminescent Floor Path Marking System :
To ensure the correct charge of the photoluminescent Floor Path Marking System, a minimum of
50 % of the cabin lighting at 50 % of brightness is required.
Applicable to : ALL
33-30-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 1 0
May be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
33-40-01A Strobe lights operative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0 (o)
One or both may be inoperative provided that strobe lights are operative.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 33-40-01A Beacon light
Applicable to : ALL
BEFORE ENGINE START
If the bottom beacon light is inoperative,
And
If this light is used to alert the ground personnel of the engine start:
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION (ALTERNATE PROCEDURE)
A flight crew informs a ground crew of engine start via interphone. When the communication via
interphone is not available, flight crews communicate with a ground crew using the hand signals.
Flight crews and a ground crew should confirm the hand signals required based on ICAO rule.
Applicable to : ALL
33-40-02A Right landing light inoperative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 1 (o)
The right landing light may be inoperative provided that both taxi and takeoff lights are operative.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 33-40-02A Landing light
Applicable to : ALL
ON GROUND OR IN FLIGHT
When the landing lights are required:
- EXT LT NOSE sw ………………………………………………………………….. T.O
- EXT LT LAND sw …………………………………………………………………… ON
operative.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 33-40-02C Landing light
Applicable to : ALL
ON GROUND OR IN FLIGHT
When the landing lights are required:
- EXT LT NOSE sw ………………………………………………………………….. T.O
- EXT LT LAND sw …………………………………………………………………… ON
Applicable to : ALL
33-40-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 2 0
One or both may be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
33-40-04A Daylight operations
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 3 0
One or more NAV 1 lights may be inoperative for daylight operations.
Applicable to : ALL
33-40-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 3 0
One or more NAV 2 lights may be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
33-40-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0
One or both may be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
33-40-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 3 0
One or more may be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
33-40-09A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0
One or both may be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
33-40-10A One or two inoperative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 4 2
One or two may be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
33-51-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 42 -
A maximum of three non-adjacent cabin overhead emergency lights may be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
33-51-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 9 0
One or more may be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
33-51-04A A maximum of three non-adjacent bulbs or LED inoperative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 18 -
A maximum of three non-adjacent bulbs or LED s may be inoperative in one or more signs.
33-51-04B More than three non-adjacent or two adjacent bulbs or LED inoperative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
A - -
One or more may be inoperative for 5 flights provided that the associated exit is considered
inoperative.
Refer to Item 52-10-01 Cabin Door ,
Applicable to : ALL
33-51-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
A 8 7
One may be inoperative for 5 flights provided that the associated exit is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 52-10-01 Cabin Door .
For main aisles, one or more lighting elements may be inoperative provided that:
1) They are not adjacent,
2) They are not located at the end of the path marking leading to a door.
Note : For cross aisles and the immediate vicinity of doors, one or more lighting elements may be
inoperative provided associated passenger door is considered inoperative
Note :
Registered No Nbr installed Nbr required
HL7736, HL7740, HL7741, HL7746, HL7747, 53 14
HL7754, HL7792, HL7793
HL7794, HL7795, HL8258, HL8259, HL8282, 54 16
HL8286, HL8293
Applicable to : ALL
33-51-07A Daylight operations
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 8 0
One or more may be inoperative for daylight operations.
Applicable to : ALL
34-01-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 3 0
One or more may be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
34-01-01-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 3 0
One or more may be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
34-01-01-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 3 0
One or more may be inoperative.
Note : For RNAV 10, RNAV 5, RNAV 1 & 2, RNP 4 and RNP 1 operations, two IRSs must be
operative.
Applicable to : ALL
34-01-01-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 3 0
One or more may be inoperative.
Note : For RNAV 10, RNAV 5, RNAV 1 & 2, RNP 4 and RNP 1 operations, two IRSs must be
operative.
Applicable to : ALL
34-01-01-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0
May be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
34-01-01-31A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 3 2 (o)
One may be inoperative provided that:
1) The associated IR mode selector is operative, and
2) The two ADRs and the two IRs associated with operative ADR pb-sw are operative.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 34-01-01-31A ADR pb-sw
Applicable to : ALL
IN FLIGHT
In the case of associated ADR failure:
The ADR may be switched OFF through the associated IR Mode selector.
In this case, the associated IR is also lost.
34-01-01-32 IR pb-sw
Applicable to : ALL
34-01-01-32A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 3 2 (o)
One may be inoperative provided that:
1) The associated IR mode selector is operative, and
2) The two ADRs and the two IRs associated with operative IR pb-sw are operative.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 34-01-32A IR pb-sw
Applicable to : ALL
IN FLIGHT
In the case of associated IR failure:
The IR may be switched OFF through the associated IR Mode selector.
In this case, the associated ADR is also lost.
Applicable to : ALL
34-01-01-33A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 3 2 (o)
One may be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 34-01-01-33A IR Mode Selector
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
Applicable to : ALL
34-01-02-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0
One may be inoperative
34-05-01 Actual Airspeed Reference Line and Scale Indications on the PFD
Applicable to : ALL
34-05-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- 2 2
Both must be operative.
Applicable to : ALL
34-05-02A One indication inoperative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 1
One may be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
34-05-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- 2 2
Both must be operative.
Applicable to : ALL
34-05-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 6 0 (o)
One or more may be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 34-05-04A Other Characteristic Speed Indications on the PFD
Applicable to : ALL
GENERAL INFORMATION
For the determination of F and S, Refer to QRH/OPS Operating Speeds.
For the determination of Green Dot, Refer to QRH/OPS Green Dot Speed.
For the determination of VAPP, Refer to QRH/OPS VLS and Refer to QRH/PER-A VAPP
Determination without Failure (Paper Only)
.
For VFE or VLE determination, refer to the corresponding placard in the cockpit.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
● If the PF side is affected:
RNP APCH operations are not permitted.
Applicable to : ALL
34-05-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- 2 2
Both must be operative.
Applicable to : ALL
34-05-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- 2 2
Both must be operative.
Applicable to : ALL
34-05-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0 (o)
One or both may be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 34-05-07A Vertical Speed in Inertial Mode Indication on the PFD
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
Applicable to : ALL
34-05-08A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 4 0 (o)
One or more may be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 34-05-08A Other Air Data Related Indications on the PFD
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
Applicable to : ALL
34-05-09A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 1 (o)
One may be inoperative for day VMC or day VFR according to regulations provided that EDTO is
not conducted.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 34-05-09A Attitude Indication on the PFD
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
Maximum landing capability is CAT 1.
● If the PF side is affected:
RNP APCH operations are not permitted.
Applicable to : ALL
34-05-10A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 1 (o)
One may be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 34-05-10A Heading Indication on the PFD
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
Applicable to : ALL
34-05-11A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- - -
May be inoperative provided that the affected system is considered inoperative.
Refer to MI-34-30 GNSS Landing System (GLS), or
Refer to Item 34-30-04 Instrument Landing System (ILS), or
Refer to MI-34-30 FLS, or
Refer to Item 34-50-04 DME, or
Refer to Item 34-50-06 MARKER, or
Refer to Item 34-50-08 Global Positioning System (GPS) (If Installed).
Applicable to : ALL
34-06-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0 (o)
One or both may be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 34-06-01A Ground Speed Indication on the ND
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
● If indication is inoperative on one side:
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
● If indication is inoperative on both sides:
RNAV 10 operations are not permitted.
RNAV 5 operations are not permitted.
RNAV 1 / RNAV 2 operations are not permitted.
RNP 4 operations are not permitted.
RNP 2 operations are not permitted.
RNP 1 operations are not permitted.
RNP APCH operations are not permitted.
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
Applicable to : ALL
34-06-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0 (o)
One or both may be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 34-06-02A Ground Speed Indication on the ND
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
● If indication is inoperative on one side:
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
● If indication is inoperative on both sides:
RNAV 10 operations are not permitted.
Applicable to : ALL
34-06-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0 (o)
One or both may be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 34-06-03A Wind Indication on the ND
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
● If indication is inoperative on one side:
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
● If indication is inoperative on both sides:
RNAV 10 operations are not permitted.
RNAV 5 operations are not permitted.
RNAV 1 / RNAV 2 operations are not permitted.
RNP 4 operations are not permitted.
RNP 2 operations are not permitted.
RNP 1 operations are not permitted.
RNP APCH operations are not permitted.
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
Applicable to : ALL
34-06-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 1 (o)
One may be inoperative provided that the heading indications are operative on both PFDs .
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 34-06-04A Heading Indication on the ND
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
Applicable to : ALL
34-06-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 1 (o)
One may be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 34-06-05A MAP Information on the ND
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
RNAV 10 operations are not permitted.
RNAV 5 operations are not permitted.
RNAV 1 / RNAV 2 operations are not permitted.
RNP 4 operations are not permitted.
RNP 2 operations are not permitted.
RNP 1 operations are not permitted.
RNP APCH operations are not permitted.
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
Applicable to : HL7792, HL7793, HL7794, HL7795, HL8258, HL8259, HL8282, HL8286, HL8293
34-06-06A Indication (except VOR) operative on PFD
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C - -
One or more indication (except VOR) may be inoperative provided that the affected
indication is operative on the PFD.
Applicable to : ALL
34-06-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0
One or both may be inoperative.
34-10-01 ADR
Applicable to : ALL
34-10-01A ADR 1 or ADR 3 inoperative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 3 2 (o)
ADR 1 or ADR 3 may be inoperative provided that EDTO is not conducted.
Note : If ADR 1 is inoperative, the GPWS basic modes are considered inoperative and
the predictive GPWS functions are inoperative.
Refer to Item 34-40-01 GPWS Basic Modes, and
Refer to Item 34-40-02 Predictive GPWS Functions
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 34-10-01A ADR
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
Maximum landing capability is CAT 2
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
Disregard the NAV ADR 1(2)(3) FAULT alert (associated with the inoperative ADR) displayed
on the EWD
If ADR 1 is affected :
- ADR 1 pb-sw …………………………………………………………………. OFF
- AIR DATA SWITCHING selector ………………………………….. CAPT ON 3
If ADR 2 is affected :
- ADR 2 pb-sw ………………………………………………………………… OFF
- AIR DATA SWITCHING selector …………………………………….. F/O ON 3
If ADR 3 is affected :
- ADR 3 pb-sw ………………………………………………………………… OFF
34-10-02 IR
Applicable to : ALL
34-10-02A IR 1 or IR 3 inoperative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 3 2 (o)(m)
IR 1 or IR 3 may be inoperative provided that :
1) EDTO is not conducted, and
2) Both flight controls Nz accelerometers are checked operative before each flight, and
3) Both flight controls Rate Gyros are checked operative before each flight.
Note : 1. If IR 1 is inoperative, and if TCAS is affected,
Refer to Item 34-40-05 Traffic Collision Avoidance System (TCAS)
2. If IR 1 is inoperative, the Predictive GPWS functions are considered inoperative,
Refer to Item 34-40-02 Predictive GPWS Functions.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 34-10-00-040-801
(o) OpsProc 34-10-02A IR
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
Maximum landing capability is CAT 2.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
If IR 1 is affected :
- IR 1 pb-sw …………………………………………………………………… OFF
- ATT HDG SWITCHING selector …………………………………. CAPT ON 3
- ATC/XPDR...........................................................................................SYS 2
Note : 1. Honeywell TCAS is inoperative: Refer to Item 34-40-05 Traffic Collision
Avoidance System (TCAS)
2. Collins TCAS and ACSS TCAS are not affected.
3. The Predictive GPWS Functions are considered inoperative: Refer to Item
34-40-02 Predictive GPWS Functions.
If IR 2 is affected :
- IR 2 pb-sw …………………………………………………………………… OFF
- ATT HDG SWITCHING selector …………………………………….. F/O ON 3
- ATC/XPDR............................................................................................SYS 1
If IR 3 is affected :
IR 3 pb-sw …………………………………………………………………………. OFF
Note : When the associated ADR is inoperative and if the affected IR pb-sw OFF light does not
comes on :
Set the IR mode seletor to OFF.
34-10-02B IR 2 inoperative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 3 2 (o)(m)
IR 2 may be inoperative provided that :
1) Both flight controls Nz accelerometers are checked operative before each flight, and
2) Both flight controls Rate Gyros are checked operative before each flight
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 34-10-00-040-801
(o) OpsProc 34-10-02B IR
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
Maximum landing capability is CAT 2.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
If IR 1 is affected :
- IR 1 pb-sw …………………………………………………………………….. OFF
- ATT HDG SWITCHING selector …………………………………… CAPT ON 3
- ATC/XPDR..............................................................................................SYS 2
Note : 1. Honeywell TCAS is inoperative: Refer to Item 34-40-05 Traffic Collision
Avoidance System (TCAS)
2. Collins TCAS and ACSS TCAS are not affected.
3. The Predictive GPWS Functions are considered inoperative: Refer to Item
34-40-02 Predictive GPWS Functions
If IR 2 is affected :
- IR 2 pb-sw ……………………………………………………………………… OFF
- ATT HDG SWITCHING selector ……………………………………….. F/O ON 3
- ATC/XPDR................................................................................................SYS 1
If IR 3 is affected :
IR 3 pb-sw ……………………………………………………………………………. OFF
Note : When the associated ADR is inoperative and if the affected IR pb-sw OFF light does not
comes on :
Set the IR mode seletor to OFF.
Applicable to : ALL
34-11-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 3 2
One may be inoperative provided that the associated ADR is considered inoperative
Refer to Item 34-10-01 ADR.
Applicable to : ALL
34-14-01A Operations outside Polar area
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 1 0
May be inoperative provided operations are conducted outside Polar area.
Note: The CHECK NORTH REF amber message and the associated alerts depend on a
correct coding of the airport North reference (TRUE/MAG) in the navigation database.
The runway orientation displayed on the ND is also affected if the airport North
reference is not correctly coded.
Applicable to : ALL
34-17-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0
May be inoperative provided that:
1) The selector is in the NORM position, and
2) ADR 1 and ADR 2 are operative.
Applicable to : ALL
34-17-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0
May be inoperative provided that:
1) The selector is in the NORM position, and
2) IR 1 and IR 2 are operative.
Applicable to : HL7792, HL7793, HL7794, HL7795, HL8258, HL8259, HL8282, HL8286, HL8293
34-22-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (o)
May be inoperative provided that:
1) The three IRs are operative, and
2) The ATT HDG SWITCHING selector , both PFD/ND pb and both EFIS DMC selectors are
checked operative.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 34-22-01A Standby Compass Indicator
Applicable to : ALL
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
Check that the ATT HDG switching is operative:
- ATT HDG SWITCHING selector ……………………………………….. CAPT ON 3
- Check that the display is normal on the CAPT PFD and the CAPT ND.
- ATT HDG SWITCHING selector ………………………………………….. F/O ON 3
- Check that the display is normal on the F/O PFD and the F/O ND.
- ATT HDG SWITCHING selector …………………………………………….. NORM
Check that the PFD/ND switching is operative:
- PFD/ND pb on CAPT side ………………………………………………..…… Press
- Check that the CAPT PFD and the CAPT ND images are exchanged.
- PFD/ND pb on CAPT side …………………………………………………..… Press
- PFD/ND pb on F/O side ……………………………………………………….. Press
- Check that the F/O PFD and the F/O ND images are exchanged.
- PFD/ND pb on F/O side ……………………………………………………….. Press
Check that the EFIS DMC switching is operative:
- EFIS DMC selector on CAPT side ………………..……………………………….. 3
- Check that the display is normal on the CAPT PFD and the CAPT ND.
- EFIS DMC selector on CAPT side …………………………………………………. 2
- Check that the display is normal on the CAPT PFD and the CAPT ND.
- EFIS DMC selector on CAPT side ………………………………………...… NORM
- EFIS DMC selector on F/O side ……………………………………………………. 3
- Check that the display is normal on the F/O PFD and the F/O ND.
- EFIS DMC selector on F/O side ……………………………………………………. 1
- Check that the display is normal on the F/O PFD and the F/O ND.
- EFIS DMC selector on F/O side …………………………………………..… NORM
Applicable to : ALL
34-22-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0
May be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
34-23-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
B 1 0
May be inoperative provided that the aircraft is operated in day VMC conditions.
Applicable to : ALL
34-23-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0
May be inoperative provided that:
1) The ISIS attitude indication is operative, and
2) All ADRs, DMCs and probe heat computers are operative, and
3) The AIR DATA SWITCHING selector, both PFD/ND pb and both EFIS DMC selectors are
operative.
Applicable to : ALL
34-23-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 1 0
May be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
34-23-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
B 1 0 (o)
May be inoperative provided that the aircraft is operated in day VMC conditions.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 34-23-04A ISIS Attitude Indication
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 1.
Applicable to : ALL
34-23-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 1 0
May be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
34-23-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 1 0
May be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
34-30-04A ILS 1 inoperative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 1 (o)
ILS 1 may be inoperative provided that:
1) EDTO requiring ILS is not conducted, and
2) The GPWS G/S basic mode (mode 5) is considered inoperative, and
Refer to Item 34-40-01 GPWS Basic Modes
3) ISIS ILS indication is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 34-23-05 ISIS ILS Indication
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 34-30-04A Instrument Landing System (ILS)
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is ILS CAT 1.
Applicable to : ALL
34-40-01A Predictive GPWS Functions inoperative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
A 1 0
May be inoperative for 6 flights or two consecutive calendar days, whichever occurs first.
Applicable to : ALL
34-40-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
B 1 0 (o)
May be inoperative..
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 34-40-02A Predictive GPWS functions
Applicable to : ALL
34-40-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (o)
May be inoperative
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 34-40-03A Radio Altimeter Automatic Callout
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 1
Applicable to : ALL
34-40-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 1 (o)(m)
One may be inoperative provided that :
1) The associated Radio Altimeter System is deactivated, and,
2) All ADIRUs, SFCCs and LGCIUs are operative
Note : If RA 1 is inoperative, the GPWS basic modes are considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 34-40-01 GPWS Basic Modes.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 34-42-00-040-801
(o) OpsProc 34-40-04A Radio Altimeter System
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 2.
DURING APPROACH
During an ILS (or GLS) approach with AP engaged, the flight crew must closely monitor all
primary flight parameters and FMA indications. An early/untimely FLARE and THR IDLE mode
engagement may occur in the case of an erroneous Ra height indication from the remaining RA.
In the event of an early/untimely FLARE and THR IDLE mode engagement :
- Perform a go-around (thrust levers set to TOGA, or
- Disconnect AP, set both FDs to OFF and continue the approach using raw data or external
visual references.
Note : In case of manual go-around, a significant longitudinal sidestick input may be required as
long as the L/G is down. The auto-trim function recovers when the L/G is retracted.
Applicable to : ALL
34-40-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
A 1 0 (m)
May be inoperative for 10 consecutive calendar days provided that the system is deactivated and
secured and "enroute or approach procedures do not require its use except for China.
Applicable to : ALL
34-40-06A Day VMC Conditions
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0
One or both may be inoperative provided that:
1) EDTO is not conducted, and
2) The aircraft is operated in day VMC conditions, and
3) The Predictive Windshear Detection System is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 34-40-07 Predictive Windshear Detection Function (if installed).
4) No hazardous weather conditions(e.g. thunderstorm) are forecasted along the intended route.
Applicable to : ALL
34-40-07A Both inoperative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0
One or both may be inoperative.
34-50-01 ATC
Applicable to : ALL
34-50-01A ATC 1 inoperative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 1 (o)
ATC 1 may be inoperative provided that EDTO is not conducted.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 34-50-01A ATC
Applicable to : ALL
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
ATC..........................................................................................................SYS (operative side)
34-50-03 ADF
Applicable to : ALL
34-50-03A Two ADFs installed and ADF 1 inoperative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 1
ADF 1 may be inoperative provided that EDTO requiring ADF is not conducted.
One or both may be inoperative provided that navigation and approach procedures are not
based on the use of the ADF.
34-50-04 DME
Applicable to : ALL
34-50-04A DME 1 inoperative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 1
DME 1 may be inoperative provided that EDTO requiring DME is not conducted.
34-50-05 VOR
Applicable to : ALL
34-50-05A VOR 1
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 1
VOR 1 may be inoperative provided that EDTO requiring VOR is not conducted.
34-50-05B VOR 2
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 1
VOR 2 may be inoperative.
34-50-05C One or both inoperative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0
One or both may be inoperative provided that:
34-50-06 MARKER
Applicable to : ALL
34-50-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0
May be inoperative provided that approach procedures do not require marker fixes.
34-50-07 DDRMI
Note: This item still applies if DDRMI is deactivated by AMM 34-57-00-040-801-A. AMM
task 34-57-00-040-801-A allows cooling down of the DDRMI for maintenance
purposes, even if aircraft is in operation.
Applicable to : ALL
34-50-08B One inoperative for aircraft with ATC standard including ADS-B OUT function
DO260 or DO260B compliant (AAR is DO260)
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 1 (o)
One may be inoperative.
Note : Two GPSs must be operative for RNP 4 and one GPS must be operative for RNP1 and for
RNAV 1& 2 on AUS SYD control.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 34-50-08B Global Positioning System (GPS) Function (If Installed)
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
● If one GPS is inoperative:
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
● If both GPS are inoperative:
34-50-08D One or both inoperative for aircraft with ATC standard including ADS-B OUT function
DO260 and DO260B compliant ( AAR is DO260)
Note: If GPS 1 and GPS 2 are inoperative, the ADS-B OUT Function is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 34-50-09 ADS-B OUT Function
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 34-50-08D Global Positioning System (GPS) Function (If Installed)
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
● If one GPS is inoperative:
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
● If both GPS are inoperative:
RNAV 10 operations requiring one GPS are not permitted.
RNAV 5 operations are permitted provided that one DME receiver is operative.
RNAV 1 / RNAV 2 operations are permitted provided that one DME receiver is operative.
RNP 4 operations are not permitted.
RNP 2 operations are not permitted.
RNP 1 operations are not permitted.
RNP APCH operations are not permitted.
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
Applicable to : ALL
34-50-09A ADS-B OUT Function not required for the intended route
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 1 0
May be inoperative provided that it is not required by operational regulations for the intended route.
PROCEDURE
Confirm the requirements to use intended route and the ADS-B designator in item 10 of ATS
Flight plan.
Applicable to : ALL
35-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0
May be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
35-01-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0
May be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
35-01-31A AUTO control function checked operative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (m)
May be inoperative provided that the AUTO control function is checked operative.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 35-23-00-040-801
Applicable to : ALL
35-01-32A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (m)
May be inoperative provided
1) The MANUAL Control of the passengers oxygen masks is checked operative, and
2) The operating altitude is limited to FL 300.
FUEL PENALTY ITEM
Contact to dispatcher for fuel planning
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task
Applicable to : ALL
35-07-01A Oxygen pressure checked by direct reading
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0 (m)
One or both may be inoperative provided that the oxygen pressure is checked by direct reading on
the associated pressure gauge before each flight.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task
Applicable to : ALL
35-07-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (o)(m)
May be inoperative provided that the oxygen pressure is checked before the first flight of each
day.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task
(o) OpsProc 35-07-02A Crew Oxygen REGUL LO PR Indication on the DOOR/OXY SD page
Applicable to : ALL
GENERAL INFORMATION
Disregard the REGUL LO PR indication and associated OXY indication on the DOOR/OXY SD
page.
Applicable to : ALL
35-10-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 4 2
Each occupant of the cockpit must have his assigned oxygen mask operative.
Applicable to : ALL
35-10-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 4 2
One must be operative for each pilot.
Applicable to : ALL
35-10-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 1 (o)(m)
One may be inoperative provided that:
1) The associated manual isolation valve is set to the closed position, and
2) The electrical connector associated with the pressure regulator of the inoperative oxygen
cylinder is disconnected and correctly stowed, and
3) No oxygen circuit leakage is detected, and
4) The flight crew oxygen pressure is checked before each flight.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 35-10-00-040-802
(o) OpsProc 35-10-03A Crew Oxygen Cylinder
Applicable to : ALL
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
The minimum flight crew oxygen pressure is determined as follows:
Refer to FCOM/LIM-OXY Minimum Flight Crew Oxygen Pressure..
For a given REF TEMPERATURE, the flight crew oxygen pressure: P = (Pr + 100)/2 must be
greater than or equal to the minimum value given in the FCOM table.
(Pr is the pressure value of the operative flight crew oxygen cylinder that is either read on the
DOOR/OXY SD page or on the direct reading pressure gauge).
Example:
For 2 CREW MEMBERS, at a REF TEMPERATURE of 20° C, assume that the MINIMUM
FLIGHT CREW OXYGEN PRESSURE given in the table is: 460 PSI.
With Pr = 840 PSI
P = (Pr = 840 + 100)/2 = 470 PSI > 460 PSI.
Applicable to : ALL
35-10-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0
May be missing or damaged.
Applicable to : ALL
TR
35-20-01A Associated seat considered inoperative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 122 or 128 or 131 50
One or more may be inoperative provided that associated seats are considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 25-20-01 Cabin Passenger Seat , or
TO
Refer to Item 25-20-02 Cabin Attendant Seat
Note :
Registered No. Nbr installed
HL7736, HL7740, HL7741, HL7746, HL7747, HL7754 131 ea
HL7792, HL7794, HL8259, HL8282, HL8286 HL8293
R
HL7793 128 ea
HL7795, HL8258 122 ea
FE
RE
Note : Oxygen modules are not necessary under 10,000 ft by JAR-OPS 1.770
Note : The quantity of oxygen needed for the intended flight in accordance with JAR-OPS 1.770
Supply for Duration and Cabin Pressure Altitude
D
Entire flight time when the cabin pressure altitude exceeds 15,000 ft but in
100% of passengers
no case less than 10 minutes.(Note 1)
LI
Entire flight time when the cabin pressure altitude exceeds 14,000 ft but
30% of passengers
does not exceed 15,000 ft.
VA
Entire flight time when the cabin pressure altitude exceeds 10,000 ft but
10% of passengers
does not exceed 14,000 ft after the first 30 minutes at these altitude.
Entire flight time when cabin pressure altitude exceeds 13 000 ft but not
All required cabin crew less than 30 minutes (Note 2), and entire flight time when cabin pressure
IN
members altitude is greater than 10 000 ft but does not exceed 13 000 ft after the
first 30 minutes at these altitudes.
Note : The supply provided must take account of the cabin pressure altitude and descent profile
for the routes concerned.
Note : For the purpose of this table ‘passengers’ means passengers actually carried and
includes infants.
Note 1 : The required minimum supply is that quantity of oxygen necessary for a constant rate of
descent from the airplane maximum certificated operating altitude to 15,000 ft in 10
minutes.
Note 2 : The required minimum supply is that quantity of oxygen necessary for a constant rate of
TR
descent from the aeroplane’s maximum certificated operating altitude to 10 000 ft in 10
minutes and followed by 20 minutes at 10 000 ft.
TO
R
FE
RE
-
D
LI
VA
IN
Applicable to : ALL
35-20-01A Associated seat considered inoperative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 122 or 131 50
One or more may be inoperative provided that associated seats are considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 25-20-01 Cabin Passenger Seat , or
Refer to Item 25-20-02 Cabin Attendant Seat
Note :
Registered No. Nbr installed
HL7736, HL7740, HL7741, HL7746, HL7747, HL7754 131 ea
HL7792, HL7793, HL7794, HL7795, HL8259, HL8282
HL8286 HL8293
HL8258 122 ea
Note 1 : The required minimum supply is that quantity of oxygen necessary for a constant rate of
descent from the airplane maximum certificated operating altitude to 15,000 ft in 10
minutes.
Note 2 : The required minimum supply is that quantity of oxygen necessary for a constant rate of
descent from the aeroplane’s maximum certificated operating altitude to 10 000 ft in 10
minutes and followed by 20 minutes at 10 000 ft.
Applicable to : ALL
Note : For an inoperative cabin attendant oxygen unit located within the galley area:
Refer to Item 35-20-01 Cabin Attendant and Passenger/Cabin Occupant Individual Oxygen
Module
Applicable to : ALL
35-20-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- - -
Deleted due to FAA AD 2011-04-09(Lavatory chemical oxygen Deactivated).
Applicable to : ALL
35-20-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 6 1
One must be available.
Applicable to : ALL
35-30-01A Portable oxygen unit inoperative or missing (Bottle and Mask)
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 11 or 12 8 (o)
One or more non-required units may be inoperative and removed, or missing provided that the
required distribution of the operative units is maintained throughout the cabin.
Applicable to : ALL
35-30-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- 1 1
Must be inoperative
Applicable to : ALL
35-30-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 10 or 11 8
One or more may be inoperative and removed, or missing provided that one cabin crew
portable protective breathing equipment is operative for each required cabin crewmember.
Applicable to : ALL
36-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0
One or both may be inoperative provided that the associated BMC is operative.
Applicable to : ALL
36-01-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0
One or both may be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
36-01-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0
May be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
36-01-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0
May be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
36-07-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (o)
May be inoperative provided that the Automatic Control of the X Bleed Valve is considered
inoperative.
Refer to Item 36-12-04 Automatic Control of the X Bleed Valve
Applicable to : ALL
36-07-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0
One or both may be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
36-07-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0
One or both may be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
36-07-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0
One or both may be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
36-07-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0
One or both may be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
36-07-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0
May be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
36-09-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0 (m)
One or both may be displayed provided that:
1) There is no air leakage on the associated pylon, and
2) The associated pylon leak detection loop is deactivated.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 36-22-00-040-805
36-09-02 AIR APU BLEED LEAK [APU LEAK FED BY ENG] Alert
Applicable to : ALL
36-09-02A APU bleed check valve replaced by a plate
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (m)
May be displayed provided that:
1) There is no air leakage on the APU bleed air ducts, and
2) The APU leak detection system is deactivated, and
3) The APU bleed check valve is removed and replaced by a plate, and
4) The APU bleed air supply system is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 36-12-01 APU Bleed Air Supply System
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task
Applicable to : ALL
36-11-01A Non EDTO
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 1 (o)
One may be inoperative provided that :
1) EDTO is not conducted, and
2) The associated ENG BLEED pb-sw is set to OFF, and
3) The X bleed value is set to OPEN, and
4) The APU and APU bleed air supply system are operative
Note : In the case of depressurization at altitudes higher than 37,400 ft (11,400 m) oxygen masks
may drop down during the descent.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 36-11-01A Engine Bleed Air Supply System
Applicable to : ALL
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
Refer to FCOM/PRO-ABN-AIR-AIR ABNORM BLEED CONFIG (X BLEED Open)
The flight crew should take into account the severity of forecast icing conditions. If the remaining
engine bleed air supply system becomes inoperative, the wing anti ice will be lost.
Use of wing anti-ice above 31 000 ft might cause the failure of the opposite engine bleed air
supply system.
The cooling in the FWD LDCC is not available.
Ensure that the FWD LDCC does not contain materials sensitive to important temperature
variations.
Live animal transportation is prohibited.
IN FLIGHT
In the event of the failure of the opposite engine bleed air supply system,
or
In the event of the failure of the opposite engine :
Apply the associated ECAM procedure, then
Apply the AIR ENG 1+2 BLEED FAULT ECAM procedure.
Refer to FCOM/PRO-ABN-AIR AIR ENG 1+2 BLEED FAULT
CAUTION Reset ENG BLEED pb-sw as requested by ECAM procedure even if the
ENG BLEED pb-sw is placarded inoperative as per MEL 36-11-01
IN FLIGHT
In the event of the failure of the opposite engine bleed air supply system,
or
In the event of the failure of the opposite engine :
Apply the associated ECAM procedure, then
Apply the AIR ENG 1+2 BLEED FAULT ECAM procedure.
Refer to FCOM/PRO-ABN-AIR AIR ENG 1+2 BLEED FAULT
CAUTION Reset ENG BLEED pb-sw as requested by ECAM procedure even if the
ENG BLEED pb-sw is placarded inoperative as per MEL 36-11-01
Applicable to : ALL
36-11-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 1 (m)
One may be inoperative provided that :
1) The engine bleed valve is secured in the closed position, and
2) The associated engine bleed air supply system is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 36-11-01 Engine Bleed Air Supply System
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task
Applicable to : ALL
36-11-03A Associated Bleed still available
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0
One or both may be inoperative provided that the AIR ENG 1(2) BLEED FAULT alert due to
overpressure was not displayed on the EWD during the previous flight.
Applicable to : ALL
36-11-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 1
One may be inoperative provided that the associated engine bleed air supply system is considered
inoperative
Refer to Item 36-11-01 Engine Bleed Air Supply System
Applicable to : ALL
36-11-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 1
One may be inoperative provided that the associated engine bleed air supply system is considered
inoperative.
Refer to Item 36-11-01-Engine Bleed Air Supply System
Applicable to : ALL
36-11-06A Associated bleed considered inoperative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 1
One may be inoperative provided that the associated engine bleed air supply system is considered
inoperative.
Refer to Item 36-11-01 Engine Bleed Air Supply System
Applicable to : ALL
36-11-07A Associated bleed considered inoperative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 1
One may be inoperative in the closed position provided that the associated engine bleed air supply
system is considered inoperative
Refer to Item 36-11-01 Engine Bleed Air Supply System
Applicable to : ALL
36-11-08B
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 1 -
One may be inoperative
Applicable to : ALL
36-12-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (o)
May be inoperative provided that:
1) EDTO beyond 180 min is not conducted, and
2) The APU BLEED pb-sw is set to Off
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 36-12-01A APU Bleed Air Supply System
Applicable to : ALL
GENERAL INFORAMTION
No APU bleed air will be available for Main Engine Start (MES) or air conditioning.
Refer to FCOM/PRO-NOR-SUP-ENG Engine Start with External Pneumatic Power.
Applicable to : ALL
36-12-02A Inoperative in the closed position
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (o)(m)
May be inoperative provided that:
1) EDTO beyond 180 min is not conducted, and
2) The APU bleed valve is deactivated in the closed position, and
3) The APU BLEED pb-sw is set to Off.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 49-51-00-040-801
(o) OpsProc 36-12-02A APU Bleed Valve (closed position)
Applicable to : ALL
GENERAL INFORAMTION
No APU bleed air will be available for Main Engine Start (MES) or air conditioning.
Refer to FCOM/PRO-NOR-SUP-ENG Engine Start with External Pneumatic Power
Applicable to : ALL
36-12-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (o)
May be inoperative provided that:
1) EDTO beyond 180 min is not conducted, and
2) The APU BLEED pb-sw is set to Off
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 36-12-03A APU Bleed Check Valve
Applicable to : ALL
GENERAL INFORAMTION
No APU bleed air will be available for Main Engine Start (MES) or air conditioning.
Refer to FCOM/PRO-NOR-SUP-ENG Engine Start with External Pneumatic Power
Applicable to : ALL
36-12-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (o)
The automatic control may be inoperative provided that the manual control is checked operative.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 36-12-04A Automatic Control of the X Bleed Valve
Applicable to : ALL
GENERAL INFORMATION
When the APU BLEED pb-sw is ON, or for engine start:
‐ X BLEED selector .......................................................................................................OPEN
‐ Select CLOSE in all other cases.
Applicable to : ALL
36-12-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (o)
The manual control may be inoperative provided that the automatic control is checked operative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 36-12-05A Manual Control of the X Bleed Valve
Applicable to : ALL
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
X BLEED selector ....................................................................................................................AUTO
Applicable to : ALL
IN FLIGHT
In the event of the failure of the remaining engine bleed air supply system,
or
In the event of the failure of the associated engine :
Apply the associated ECAM procedure, then
Apply the AIR ENG 1+2 BLEED FAULT ECAM procedure.
Refer to FCOM/PRO-ABN-AIR AIR ENG 1+2 BLEED FAULT
Applicable to : ALL
38-10-01A Potable Water Systems Used with Inoperative Components Deactivated
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (m)
Individual components may be inoperative provided that :
1) Associated components are deactivated or isolated.
2) Associated system components are verified not to have leaks.
Note : Any portion of system which operates normally may be used.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to Potable System Description, Operation, Maintenance, and Servicing practices (AMM
38-10-00 PB 001/PB 201 or AMM 38-1X-00 PB 001/PB201/PB401)
Applicable to : ALL
Applicable to : ALL
38-30-01A Components Deactivated
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 9 5 (m)
Individual components may be inoperative provided that :
1) Associated components are deactivated or isolated.
2) Associated system components are verified not to have leaks.
Note : Any portion of system which operates normally may be used.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to Lavatory(Toilet) System Description, Operation, Maintenance, and Servicing practices
(AMM 38-30-00 PB 001/PB 201 or AMM TASK 38-3X-00 PB 001/PB201/PB401)
Applicable to : ALL
TANK.
b. Secure the associated lavatory door closed and a placard.
Applicable to : ALL
38-30-02A RH Lavatory Vacuum Generator inoperative – RH lavatory 4 ea not used
- Use only LH lavatory 5 ea below 16,000 ft
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
B 2 1 (o) (m)
May be inoperative provided:
1) Vacuum generator is deactivated, and
2) Only allow use of the associated lavatory in flight cruise above 16,000 feet MSL.
Note: Lavatory Vaccum Generator pull the lavatory waste to holding tank below 16,000 feet MSL.
If the Lavatory Vaccum Generator is inoperative, the associated lavatory R/H 4 ea or L/H 5 ea
can not be used temporarily below 16,000 feet MSL.
But above 16,000 feet, during flight cruise, the associated lavatory R/H 4 ea or L/H 5 ea can
be used
Note: Asiana A330 fleet have both lavatory vacuum generators on both sides.
-> RH lavatory 4 ea as per Vacuum Generator 1 ea (FIN9MG)
-> LH lavatory 5 ea as per Vacuum Gerator 1 ea (FIN109MG)
Note : At an aircraft altitude of 16000 ft. and more, the difference pressure between the cabin and
the atmosphere gives a sufficient vacuum to operate the toilet flush.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 38-31-00-040-803-A Deactivation of the Vacuum Generator of the Vacuum Toilet
System
Applicable to : ALL
AFTER TAKEOFF
Flight crew informs cabin crew when aircraft reaches at 16,000 ft.
But if the seat-belt sign signal is off above 16,000 ft, it can replace the flight crew’s notification to
cabin crew for altitude 16,000 ft. This should also be communicated to the cabin crew.
Cabin crew is aware of that the associated lavatory can be used above 16,000 ft.
Depending on the situation, cabin crew can inform the passenger that lavatory available time.
Note: Lavatory Vaccum Generator pull the lavatory waste to holding tank below 16,000 feet MSL.
If the Lavatory Vaccum Generator is inoperative, the associated lavatory R/H 4 ea or L/H 5 ea
can not be used temporarily below 16,000 feet MSL.
But above 16,000 feet, during flight cruise, the associated lavatory R/H 4 ea or L/H 5 ea can
be used
Note: Asiana A330 fleet have both lavatory vacuum generators on both sides.
-> RH lavatory 4 ea as per Vacuum Generator 1 ea (FIN9MG)
-> LH lavatory 5 ea as per Vacuum Gerator 1 ea (FIN109MG)
Note : At an aircraft altitude of 16000 ft. and more, the difference pressure between the cabin and
the atmosphere gives a sufficient vacuum to operate the toilet flush.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 38-31-00-040-803-A Deactivation of the Vacuum Generator of the Vacuum Toilet
System
Applicable to : ALL
AFTER TAKEOFF
Flight crew informs cabin crew when aircraft reaches at 16,000 ft.
But if the seat-belt sign signal is off above 16,000 ft, it can replace the flight crew’s notification to
cabin crew for altitude 16,000 ft. This should also be communicated to the cabin crew.
Cabin crew is aware of that the associated lavatory can be used above 16,000 ft.
Depending on the situation, cabin crew can inform the passenger that lavatory available time.
notification to cabin crew for altitude 16,000 ft. This should also be communicated to the cabin
crew. Cabin crew is aware of that the associated lavatory can not be used below 16,000 ft.
Depending on the situation, cabin crew can inform the passenger that lavatory available time.
Applicable to : ALL
45-01-01-31A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 1 0
May be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
45-01-02-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 1 0
May be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
45-10-01A One CMC inoperative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 2 1
One may be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
45-20-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 1 0
May be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
45-20-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 1 0
May be inoperative.
45-40-01 Printer
Applicable to : ALL
45-40-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 1 0
May be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
46-21-01A Procedures do not require ATC datalink
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 1 0 (o)
May be inoperative provided that procedures do not require the use of the ATC datalink.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 46-21-01A Air Traffic Service Unit (procedures do not require ATC datalink)
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
‐ ATC datalink communications (ADS-C, CPDLC, DCL, OCL, and D-ATIS) are not available.
Associated ATC datalink Required Communication / Surveillance Performance (RCP for
CPDLC and RSP for ADS-C) capabilities are lost.
For more information on aircraft capability on ATC datalink communication, Refer to
FCOM/DSC-46-10-10 Overview.
COMPANY Datalink transmissions may be inoperative. Refer to Item 46-21-05 COMPANY
Datalink .
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 46-21-01B Air Traffic Service Unit (procedures require ATC datalink)
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
‐ ATC datalink communications (ADS-C, CPDLC, DCL, OCL, and D-ATIS) are not available.
Associated ATC datalink Required Communication / Surveillance Performance (RCP for CPDLC
and RSP for ADS-C) capabilities are lost.
For more information on aircraft capability on ATC datalink communication, Refer to
FCOM/DSC-46-10-10 Overview.
‐ As an alternate procedure, ATC may permit the use of voice communication on alternate route
that does not require FANS A aircraft capability.
‐ ATC permits the use of the voice communication for operations that require FANS B aircraft
capability.
A330/A340
COMPANY
MINIMUM Datalink
EQUIPMENT LIST transmissions may be inoperative. Refer to Item 46-21-05 COMPANY
Datalink
Applicable to : ALL
46-21-02A One inoperative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 2 1
One may be inoperative.
A330/A340
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
Applicable to : ALL
46-21-03A One inoperative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 2 1
One may be inoperative.
A330/A340
Applicable to : ALL
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
‐ ATC datalink can be used.
‐ When an ATC datalink message is received:
Any action on the DCDU for this message enables the flight crew to stop the associated alerts
(aural alert and ATC MSG pb light flashing, if any).
Applicable to : ALL
46-21-04A Procedures do not require ATC datalink
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 1 0 (o)
May be inoperative provided that procedures do not require the use of the ATC datalink.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 46-21-04A ATC Datalink (If Installed) (procedures do not require ATC datalink)
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
‐ ATC datalink communications (ADS-C, CPDLC, DCL, OCL, and D-ATIS) are not available.
Associated ATC datalink Required Communication / Surveillance Performance (RCP for
CPDLC and RSP for ADS-C) capabilities are lost.
For more information on aircraft capability on ATC datalink communication, Refer to
FCOM/DSC-46-10-10 Overview.
A330/A340
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT
46-21-04B LIST require ATC datalink
Procedures
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (o)
May be inoperative provided that alternate procedures are established and used for ATC
communication..
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 46-21-04B ATC Datalink (If Installed) (procedures require ATC datalink)
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
‐ ATC datalink communications (ADS-C, CPDLC, DCL, OCL, and D-ATIS) are not available.
- Associated ATC datalink Required Communication / Surveillance Performance (RCP / Initial
Continental Performance for CPDLC and RSP for ADS-C) capabilities are lost.
For more information on aircraft capability on ATC datalink communication, Refer to
FCOM/DSC-46-10-10 Overview.
‐ As an alternate procedure, ATC may permit the use of voice communication on alternate route
that does not require FANS A aircraft capability.
‐ATC permits the use of the voice communication for operations that require FANS B aircraft
capability.
Applicable to : ALL
46-21-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 1 0 (o)
May be inoperative
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 46-21-05A COMPANY Datalink
Applicable to : ALL
GENERAL INFORMATION
Use the voice communication.
OPERATIONAL NOTE
Contact OCC or dispatcher for Contingency Fuel 3% operations.
Applicable to : ALL
49-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0
May be inoperative provided that N and EGT indications are operative on the APU SD page
Applicable to : ALL
49-01-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0
May be inoperative
Applicable to : ALL
49-01-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0
May be inoperative provided that AVAIL or N indication is operative on the APU SD page
Applicable to : ALL
49-01-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0
May be inoperative
Applicable to : ALL
49-07-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 10 0
One or more may be inoperative
Applicable to : ALL
49-07-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 3 0
One or more may be inoperative provided that the APU GEN is not required as a power source.
Applicable to : ALL
49-10-01A APU neither deactivated nor removed
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (o)
May be inoperative provided that EDTO beyond 180 min is not conducted.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 49-10-01A Power Plant (APU)
Applicable to : ALL
DURING PRELIMINARY COCKPIT PREPARATION
Do not use the APU.
APU MASTER SW pb-sw......................................................................................Off
No APU bleed air will be available for Main Engines Start (MES) or air conditioning.
No electrical power will be available from the APU generator.
Applicable to : ALL
49-10-02A APU air intake flap secured open
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (m)
May be inoperative in the open position
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task
Note : If possible, there is need to manually close the APU Air Intake Flap in accordance with
MEL 49-10-02A (m) Procedures.
52-01-01-01 CHAN (1, 2) LEDs on the CKPT DOOR CONT Overhead Panel
Applicable to : ALL
52-01-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0 (o)
One or both may be inoperative provided that the CKPT DOOR FAULT light indicator is checked
operative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 52-01-01-01A CHAN (1, 2) LEDs on the CKPT DOOR CONT Overhead Panel
Applicable to : ALL
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
‐ ANN LT selector......................................................................................................TEST
‐ Check that the associated OPEN/FAULT light of the cockpit door comes on.
52-01-01-01B
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- 2 0
One or both may be inoperative provided that the CDLS Normal System is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 52-51-01 CDLS Normal System (Normal Control Unit, Switch and Lights on the CKPT
DOOR Panel, Buzzer, Keypad)
Applicable to : ALL
52-01-01-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 3 0 (o)
One or more may be inoperative provided that the CKPT DOOR FAULT light indicator on the
center pedestal is checked operative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 52-01-01-02A STRIKE (TOP, MID, BOT) LEDs on the CKPT DOOR CONT
Overhead Panel
Applicable to : ALL
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
‐ ANN LT selector......................................................................................................TEST
‐ Check that the associated OPEN/FAULT light of the cockpit door comes on.
52-01-01-02B
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- 3 0
One or more may be inoperative provided that the CDLS Normal System is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 52-51-01 CDLS Normal System (Normal Control Unit, Switch and Lights on the CKPT
DOOR Panel, Buzzer, Keypad)
52-01-01-03 Pressure Rate Sensor on the CKPT DOOR CONT Overhead Panel
Applicable to : ALL
52-01-01-03A One inoperative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
A 2 1 (m)
One may be inoperative for 60 consecutive calendar days provided that the remaining pressure
rate sensor is checked operative.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 52-51-00-040-807
Applicable to : ALL
52-07-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 12 0 (o)(m)
One or more may be inoperative provided that the associated door is visually checked to be closed
and locked before each flight.
Note : If the PSCU or at least one proximity switch is the cause of a DOOR alert, the aircraft
pressurization will be prevented at engine start.
Refer to Item 52-71-01 Proximity Switch Control Unit (PSCU) , or
Refer to Item 52-71-02 Proximity Switch on the Avionics Door , or
Refer to Item 52-71-03 Proximity Switch on the Cabin Doors, (FWD, AFT, BULK) Lower
Deck Cargo Doors , or
Refer to Item 52-71-04 Proximity Switch on the Cabin Emergency Doors
Note : The following maintenance procedures should be performed after the final closing of an
affected door(s) prior to departure.
In case of performing the (m) procedure after boarding and closing the entry door, the
maintenance personnel should inform the flight crew of the status of the affected door(s) by
interphone system and do not make an entry in the Flight & Maintenance Log.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 52-70-00-040-802
(o) OpsProc 52-07-01A Indications on the DOOR/OXY SD page
Applicable to : ALL
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
The following alerts will be displayed/inhibited on the EWD according to the associated logic:
- AIR PACK 1+2 FAULT
- CAB PR SYS 1+2 FAULT
- DOOR L(R) FWD CABIN (if applicable)
- DOOR L(R) MID CABIN (if applicable)
- DOOR L(R) AFT CABIN (if applicable)
- DOOR L(R) EMER EXIT (if applicable)
- DOOR AFT(BULK)(FWD) CARGO (if applicable)
- DOOR AVIONIC (if applicable)
AFTER ENGINE START
In the case of a false door alert:
EMER CANC pb ……………………………………………………………………….. Press
BEFORE TAKEOFF
CAUTION The T.O CONFIG pb must be maintained pressed while checking that no
alert is displayed.
AAR A330 FLEET 2-52-07 P 1/2
MEL 15JAN14
MEL ITEMS
52 - DOORS
52-07 - Indications on the DOOR/OXY SD page
Applicable to : ALL
TR
52-10-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
A 8 7 (m)(o)
One may be inoperative for 5 flights provided that:
1) The number of passengers carried and their location in the cabin is in accordance with the
TO
operational procedure, and
Note : Refer to the following Figures for seat layout to be blocked with inoperative door.
Note : Figure. A330-300 seat layout to be blocked with inoperative door.
2) The affected exit is closed, latched and locked from the inside, and is placarded inoperative,
and
R
3) The affected exit is not used for passenger boarding, nor for any purpose whilst passengers
are on board, and
FE
4) All the EXIT markings, signs and lights associated with the affected exit are obscured.
Note : If the affected emergency exit is operative mechanically, it may still be used for
evacuation in the case of emergency.
RE
Note : There are totally 298 seats (HL7792, HL7794, HL8259, HL8282, HL8286, HL8293)
or
290 seats (HL7736, HL7740, HL7741, HL7746, HL7747, HL7754, HL7793)
or
-
Note :
Effectivity A/C register No. Door Type
LI
TR
(o) Refer to the following procedure.
Applicable to : ALL
To ensure that :
- All crew members are briefed on the location and condition of the affected door, passenger
TO
distribution and modified cabin safety procedures.
- Where the affected door can be opened, the briefing should address the possible use of the
door for emergency evacuation in certain circumstances :
- The affected emergency exit, escape paths, and blocked seating layout are checked before
each take-off and landing :
- The pre-take-off briefing to passengers accurately represents the current state and condition of
R
the aircraft's escape facilities :
- A verbal briefing by cabin crew or a briefing using automatic audio/visual presentation, or a
FE
briefing by reference to a briefing card, is immediately complemented by a verbal/public
announcement to inform passengers that a particular door is inoperative and displays an
appropriate placard
RE
-
D
LI
VA
IN
TR
TO
R
FE
RE
-
D
LI
VA
IN
TR
TO
R
FE
RE
-
D
LI
VA
IN
TR
TO
R
FE
RE
-
D
LI
VA
IN
TR
TO
R
FE
RE
-
D
LI
VA
IN
TR
TO
R
FE
RE
-
D
LI
VA
IN
TR
TO
R
FE
RE
-
D
LI
VA
IN
TR
TO
R
FE
RE
-
D
LI
VA
IN
Applicable to : ALL
TR
52-10-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
A 2 1 (m)(o)
One may be inoperative for a maximum of 5 flights provided that :
1) All Cabin doors are operative, and
TO
2) The number of passengers carried and the position of the seats which they occupy is in
accordance with the following Figures, and
Note : Refer to the Figures of MEL Item 52-10-01A for seat layout to be blocked with
inoperative door.
3) Adequate cabin safety procedures are established and used, and
R
4) Affected emergency exit is closed and locked, and
5) The affected emergency exit is not used for passengern boarding, nor for any purpose while
passengers are on board, and
FE
6) Affected emergency exit is marked with a placard to prohibit utilization, as applicable, and
7) All the emergency exti markings, signs and lights associated with the affected emergency exit
must be obscured, as possible, and
RE
Note : The number in box indicates the number of seats to be blocked assuming that the other
door of the door pair is also inoperative.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to the following procedure
-
Applicable to : ALL
To ensure that :
- Affected emergency exit is closed and locked if the closing/locking function is not affected :
D
- If the closing/locking mechanism is affected, the emergency exit is secured, closed and
locked :
- A conspicuous barrier, strap or rope and a placard stating "DO NOT USE" are placed across
LI
- All crew members are briefed on the location and condition of the affected emergency exit,
passenger distribution and modified cabin safety procedures.
- Where the affected emergency exit can be opened, the briefing should address the possible
use of the emergency exit for emergency evacuation in certain circumstances :
- The affected emergency exit, escape paths, and blocked seating layout are checked before
each take-off and landing :
AAR A330 FLEET 2-52-10 P 10/15
MEL 30OCT19
TEMPORARY
MEL ITEMS REVISION
52 - DOORS
52-10 - Cabin Door
Applicable to : ALL
52-10-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
A 8 7 (m)(o)
One may be inoperative for 5 flights provided that:
1) The number of passengers carried and their location in the cabin is in accordance with the
operational procedure, and
Note : Refer to the following Figures for seat layout to be blocked with inoperative door.
Note : Figure. A330-300 seat layout to be blocked with inoperative door.
2) The affected exit is closed, latched and locked from the inside, and is placarded inoperative,
and
3) The affected exit is not used for passenger boarding, nor for any purpose whilst passengers
are on board, and
4) All the EXIT markings, signs and lights associated with the affected exit are obscured.
Note : If the affected emergency exit is operative mechanically, it may still be used for
evacuation in the case of emergency.
Note : There are totally 298 seats (HL7792, HL7793, HL7794, HL7795, HL8259, HL8282,
HL8286, HL8293)
or
290 seats (HL7736, HL7740, HL7741, HL7746, HL7747, HL7754)
or
275 seats (HL8258)
Note : The opposite exit to the affected exit can be used as is. ‘X’ mark in layout is only for
calculation of seat block NOT deactivation of exit.
Note :
Effectivity A/C register No. Door Type
001-006 HL7736, HL7740, HL7741, HL7746, HL7747, Type I
HL7754
007-100 HL7792, HL7793, HL7794, HL7795, HL8258, Type A
HL8259, HL8282, HL8286, HL8293
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task 52-10-00-040-804
(o) Refer to OpsProc 52-10-01A Cabin Door
Applicable to : ALL
To ensure that :
- Affected door is closed and locked if the closing/locking function is not affected :
- If the closing/locking mechanism is affected, the door is secured, closed and locked :
AAR A330 FLEET 2-52-10 P 1/15
MEL 20NOV19
TEMPORARY
MEL ITEMS REVISION
52 - DOORS
52-10 - Cabin Door
- A conspicuous barrier, strap or rope and a placard stating "DO NOT USE" are placed across
the affected door, as applicable, prior to passenger boarding :
- Associated door markings, signs and lights are obscured or removed.
Applicable to : ALL
52-10-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
A 2 1 (m)(o)
One may be inoperative for a maximum of 5 flights provided that :
1) All Cabin doors are operative, and
2) The number of passengers carried and the position of the seats which they occupy is in
accordance with the following Figures, and
Note : Refer to the Figures of MEL Item 52-10-01A for seat layout to be blocked with
inoperative door.
3) Adequate cabin safety procedures are established and used, and
4) Affected emergency exit is closed and locked, and
5) The affected emergency exit is not used for passengern boarding, nor for any purpose while
passengers are on board, and
6) Affected emergency exit is marked with a placard to prohibit utilization, as applicable, and
7) All the emergency exti markings, signs and lights associated with the affected emergency exit
must be obscured, as possible, and
Note : The number in box indicates the number of seats to be blocked assuming that the other
door of the door pair is also inoperative.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to the following procedure
Applicable to : ALL
To ensure that :
- Affected emergency exit is closed and locked if the closing/locking function is not affected :
- If the closing/locking mechanism is affected, the emergency exit is secured, closed and
locked :
- A conspicuous barrier, strap or rope and a placard stating "DO NOT USE" are placed across
the affected emergency exit , as applicable, prior to passenger boarding :
- Associated emergency exit markings, signs and lights are obscured or removed.
- The pre-take-off briefing to passengers accurately represents the current state and condition of
the aircraft's escape facilities :
- A verbal briefing by cabin crew or a briefing using automatic audio/visual presentation, or a
briefing by reference to a briefing card, is immediately complemented by a verbal/public
announcement to inform passengers that a particular door is inoperative and displays an
appropriate placard
Applicable to : ALL
52-10-03A Non pressurized flight
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 128 120
A maximum of one per exit may be inoperative provided that the flight is not pressurized.
Applicable to : ALL
52-10-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 8 0
One or more may be inoperative
Applicable to : ALL
52-10-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
A 8 7
One may be inoperative for 5 flights provided that the affected door is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 52-10-01 Cabin Door
Applicable to : ALL
52-10-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 8 0 (o)
One or more may be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 52-10-06A CHECK DOOR PRESSURE Message on the FAP
Applicable to : ALL
BEFORE PASSENGER BOARDING
CAUTION Before opening the door :
Ensure that the door is in disarmed position
Check of the pressure of the door bottle by direct reading on the emergency opening pressure
gauge :
If the pointer is located in the green zone :
The door bottle pressure is acceptable.
If the pointer is located in the yellow zone :
The door bottle pressure is still acceptable, but servicing must be envisaged at short
notice.
If the pointer is located in the red zone :
Servicing is mandatory, or
The associated cabin passenger door is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 52-10-01 Cabin door
Applicable to : ALL
52-10-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
A 8 7
One may be inoperative for 5 flights provided that the affected door is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 52-10-01 Cabin Door
Applicable to : ALL
52-10-08A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 8 0 (m)
One or more may be damaged provided that the affected door spring rod assembly is removed
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 52-10-00-040-802
Applicable to : ALL
52-30-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 3 0
One or more may be inoperative in the closed and locked position provided that they are indicated
locked on the DOOR/OXY SD page.
Applicable to : ALL
52-30-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0 (m)
One or more may be inoperative provided that:
1) The integrity of the yellow hydraulic system is not affected, and
2) The affected cargo door is operated with a crane..
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 52-30-00-040-801
Applicable to : ALL
52-30-03A Cargo door operated using hand pump
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0 (m)
One or more may be inoperative provided that the associated cargo door can be operated using
the hand pump.
Note: Apply the maintenance procedure only in the case of continuous operation of the
yellow electric pump.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task 52-30-00-040-807
Note: Apply the maintenance procedure only in the case of continuous operation of the
yellow electric pump.
Reference(s)
Applicable to : ALL
52-30-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
Hook Assy
C - (m)
FWD : 10, AFT : 10
One hinge arm or one hinge bolt may be inoperative on each cargo door provided that:
1) All the other hinge arms and hinge bolts have no damage, and
2) All the latching hooks, spools and bolts have no damage, and
3) The flight is not pressurized.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 52-30-00-040-803
52-30-05 Lower Deck Cargo Door Latching Hook, Spool and Bolt
Applicable to : ALL
52-30-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
Hook Assy
C - (m)
FWD : 10, AFT : 10
One latching hook, or one spool, or one bolt may be inoperative on each cargo door provided that:
1) All the other latching hooks, spools, bolts have no damage, and
2) All the hinge arms and hinge bolts have no damage, and
3) The flight is not pressurized.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 52-30-00-040-802
Applicable to : ALL
52-30-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 2 0 (o)
One or both may be inoperative provided that the associated cargo door is in the fully open position
during loading and unloading operations.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 52-30-07A Cargo Door Open/Locked Indicator light
Applicable to : ALL
ON GROUND
When the Cargo Door Open/Locked Indicator light is inoperative, it is necessary to
inform the ground personnel:
- To visually check that the affected cargo door is in the fully open position, with no
downward movement after releasing the lever of the manual selector valve.
- To visually check that the lever of the manual selector valve stays in the neutral position.
52-51-01 CDLS Normal System (Normal Control Unit, Switch and Lights on the
CKPT DOOR Panel, Buzzer Keypad
Note: In the case of rapid decompression in the cockpit, the use of the deadbolt prevents the
automatic opening of the cockpit door.
5) Alternate procedures are established and used to secure and to access to the cockpit during
the flight in accordance with the Operator's security policy.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 52-51-00-040-805
(o) Refer to OpsProc 52-51-01B CDLS Normal System
Applicable to : HL7792, HL7794, HL7795, HL8258, HL8259, HL8282, HL8286, HL8293
ALTERNATE PROCEDURES
Cockpit Crew must brief cabin crew that CDLS or its components are inoperative, and the
cockpit crew must remind the cabin crew to use the cabin interphone system to communicate
with cockpit crew to request access to the cockpit.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Since the CDLS Normal system is deactivated, the keypad becomes inoperative.
The flight crew must brief the cabin crew that the CDLS keypad is inoperative.
For a request access to the cockpit, use the cabin interphone.
IN FLIGHT
At least two crewmembers must be present in the cockpit at all times during the flight.
In case of only two cockpit crews in the cockpit, position a cabin crew in the cockpit for the
door lock or unlock if a cockpit crew have to leave the cockpit necessarily.
52-51-01 CDLS Normal System (Normal Control Unit, Switch and Lights on the
CKPT DOOR Panel, Buzzer Keypad
Applicable to : ALL
52-51-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (o)(m)
May be inoperative provided that alternate procedures are established and used.
Note: Apply the maintenance procedure only when the buzzer sounds permanently.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task 52-51-00-040-818
(o) Refer to OpsProc 52-51-03A CDLS Buzzer
Applicable to : ALL
ALTERNATE PROCEDURE BEFORE DEPARTURE
Before departure flight crew remind the cabin crew to use the cabin interphone to communicate
with cockpit crew to request access to the cockpit.
Applicable to : ALL
52-51-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (m)(o)
May be inoperative provided that :
1) The interphone system between the cabin and the cockpit is operative, and
2) The CDLS keypad is deactivated.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 52-51-00-040-804
(o) OpsProc 52-51-04A CDKS Keypad
Applicable to : ALL
1. Before the flight, flight crew will brief flight attendants that the keypad is inoperative and remind
the cabin crew to use the cabin interphone system to communicate with cockpit crew to
request access to the cockpit.
2. In flight.
A. At least two people must always be present in the cockpit throughout the entire flight.
B. Use the routine access via the cabin/cockpit interphone system because keypad is
deactivated.
Applicable to : ALL
52-51-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 3 0 (o)
One or more may be inoperative provided that.
Reference(s)
IN FLIGHT
1. At least two people must always be present in the cockpit throughout the entire flight.
2. Use the routine access via the cabin/cockpit interphone system because keypad is
deactivated.
Applicable to : ALL
52-51-06A One inoperative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 3 2 (m)
One may be inoperative
Note : Apply the maintenance procedure only when the inoperative door release strike is failed in
the locked position. If the center release strike is deactivated, the cockpit door OPEN light is
considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 52-53-02 COCKPIT DOOR OPEN light
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 52-51-00-040-812
Refer to Item 52-51-01 CDLS Normal System (Normal Control Unit, Switch and Lights on
the CKPT DOOR Panel, Buzzer, Keypad)
Note : Apply the maintenance procedure only when the inoperative door release strikes
are failed in the locked position.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 52-51-00-040-812
Applicable to : ALL
52-53-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (o)
May be inoperative
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to the following.
Applicable to : ALL
Before the first flight under this item : NORM and LOCK functions are verified to operate normally.
1) Close the cockpit door and verify by manual inspection that it is locked when the toggle
switch of the COCKPIT DOOR panel is in the NORM position.
2) Ask a flight crew to perform the emergency access procedure (FCOM PRO-ABN-DOOR).
3) Set the toggle switch of the COCKPIT DOOR panel to the LOCK position.
4) Verify that the door remains closed and locked and the keypad and buzzer are inhibited.
Applicable to : ALL
52-53-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (o)
May be inoperative
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 52-53-02A COCKPIT DOOR OPEN light
Applicable to : ALL
ON GROUND AND IN FLIGHT
Check that the cockpit door is closed and locked.
Applicable to : ALL
52-53-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
B 1 0
May be inoperative provided that the cockpit door keypad is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 52-51-04 CDLS Keypad
Applicable to : ALL
52-53-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (o)
May be inoperative.
Reference(s)
Applicable to : ALL
52-71-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (m)
May be inoperative provided that :
1) All doors are visually checked to be closed and locked before each flight, and
2) The flight is not pressurized
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 52-71-00-040-802
Applicable to : ALL
52-71-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (m)(o)
May be inoperative provided that the avionics door is visually checked to be closed and locked
before each flight.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 52-71-00-040-807
(o) OpsProc 52-71-02A Proximity Switch on the Avionics Door
Applicable to : ALL
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
The alert DOOR AVIONIC will be displayed/inhibited on the EWD.
AFTER ENGINE START
In the case of a false door alert :
EMER CANC pb ……………………………………………………………………… Press
BEFORE TAKEOFF
52-71-03 Proximity Switch on the Cabin Doors (Nbr 1, 2 and 4), (FWD, AFT,
BULK) Lower Deck Cargo Doors
52-71-03 Proximity Switch on the Cabin Doors (Nbr 1, 2 and 4), (FWD, AFT,
BULK) Lower Deck Cargo Doors
Applicable to : HL7792, HL7793, HL7794, HL7795, HL8258, HL8259, HL8282, HL8286, HL8293
52-71-03A PSCU considered inoperative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 18 0
One or more may be inoperative provided that the PSCU is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 52-71-01 Proximity Switch Control Unit (PSCU)
(o) OpsProc 52-71-03C Proximity Switch on the Cabin Doors, (N° 1, 2 and 4), (FWD, AFT, BULK)
Lower Deck Cargo Doors
Applicable to : HL7792, HL7793, HL7794, HL7795, HL8258, HL8259, HL8282, HL8286, HL8293
GENERAL INFORMATION
If one door proximity switch is inoperative :
The here below deactivation procedure of the door proximity switch (door override procedure)
can be performed.
If two or more door proximity switches are inoperative :
The deactivation is not possible
Any reopening of an overridden door will cause to apply again the complete door override
procedure
The door override function will be reset at the end of the flight and must be repeated before
each flight.
AAR A330 FLEET 2-52-71 P 4/9
MEL 30OCT19
MEL ITEMS
52 - DOORS
52-71 - Door and Escape Slide Control System
- Check that the locking indication flags of the affected door are visible.
- WAIT AT LEAST 30s
- Close, latch and immediately fully lock the affected door.
- Confirm that the affected door is closed and fully locked.
- Check that the affected door is flush with the outer contour.
- Check that latching and locking handle is in the fully locked/latched position and is flush
with the skin.
- Check that each locking indicator is flush with the outer contour.
STEP 7 : BULK Lower Deck Cargo Door
- WAIT AT LEAST 30s
- Close, latch and immediately fully lock the BULK lower deck cargo door.
- Confirm that the door is closed and locked.
- Check that the door is flush with the skin.
- Check that the door handle is flush with the skin.
STEP 8
- DOOR SW OVRD pb-sw ……………………………………………………………. OVRD
- Check that the DOOR SW OVRD light is on (blue).
- Check that the DOOR SW ARM light goes off.
STEP 9
On the DOOR/OXY SD page, check that the affected door is displayed closed.
If the DOOR SW OVRD light does not come on (blue) :
The door override procedure is not validated and the aircraft dispatch is not
permitted.
Applicable to : HL7792, HL7793, HL7794, HL7795, HL8258, HL8259, HL8282, HL8286, HL8293
52-71-04A PSCU considered inoperative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 4 0
One or more may be inoperative provided that the PSCU is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 52-71-01 Proximity Switch Control Unit (PSCU)
52-71-06 CABIN PRESSURE light (Cabin Doors, Cabin Emergency Doors, (FWD,
AFT) Lower Deck Cargo Doors)
Applicable to : ALL
52-71-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 10 0
One or more may be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
Note : A cockpit window with minor damages (as described in the associated maintenance procedure)
is considered operative, but the vision through this cockpit window must be acceptable to the
flight crew.
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
When the PF side is affected :
Maximum landing capability is CAT 1
When the PM side is affected :
Maximum landing capability is not affected and is still CAT 3 DUAL
Applicable to : ALL
Note : A cockpit window with minor damages (as described in the associated inspection procedure) is
considered operative, but the vision through this cockpit window must be acceptable to the
flight crew.
Applicable to : ALL
Note : A cockpit window with minor damages (as described in the associated inspection procedure) is
considered operative, but the vision through this cockpit window must be acceptable to the
flight crew.
Applicable to : ALL
56-20-01A
Note: A cabin window with minor damages (as described in the associated maintenance procedure) is
considered operative.
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 82 0 (m)
One or more may be cracked provided that the flight is not pressurized
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 56-21-15-200-801
Applicable to : ALL
73-07-01A One indication inoperative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 1
One may be inoperative (fuel used indicated XX)
Applicable to : ALL
73-07-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0
One or both may be inoperative
Applicable to : ALL
Applicable to : ALL
73-09-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 1 (m)
One may be inoperative provided that the associated filter is replaced every day or every 15 flight
hours, whichever occurs first.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task
Applicable to : ALL
73-09-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (o)
May be displayed on the EWD
FUEL PENALTY ITEM
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 73-09-03A ENG INCREASED FUEL BURN Alert
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Increase the fuel consumption by 2 %.
Applicable to : ALL
73-09-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
A 2 1
One may be displayed on the EWD for 300 flight hours or 20 consecutive calendar days, whichever
occurs first.
Applicable to : ALL
73-09-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 1 0 (o)
May be inoperative provided that the takeoff performance used are those associated with the
configuration where all the following systems are simultaneously on:
- Both engine bleed air supply systems, and
- Both air conditioning packs, and
- All wing anti-ice control valves, and
- Both engine anti-ice valves.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 73-09-06A ENG THRUST LOSS Alert
Applicable to : ALL
ON GROUND OR IN FLIGHT
Disregard the ENG THRUST LOSS alert, if displayed again on the EWD.
Applicable to : ALL
73-20-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 2 0
May be inoperative on one or both engines provided that derated takeoff mode or maximum thrust
is used for takeoff.
Applicable to : ALL
73-20-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
D 2 0
May be inoperative on one or both engines provided that flex takeoff mode or maximum thrust is
used for takeoff.
MTOW ΔW Δ V1 , Δ VR , Δ V2
(kg) (lb) (kg) (lb) (kt)
150 000 331 000 15 000 33 100 8
160 000 353 000 16 000 35 300 8
170 000 375 000 17 000 37 500 8
180 000 397 000 18 000 39 700 8
MTOW ΔW Δ V1 , Δ VR , Δ V2
(kg) (lb) (kg) (lb) (kt)
190 000 419 000 19 000 41 900 8
200 000 441 000 20 000 44 100 8
210 000 463 000 21 000 46 300 8
220 000 485 000 22 000 48 500 8
230 000 507 000 23 000 50 700 8
240 000 529 000 24 000 52 900 8
250 000 551 000 25 000 55 100 9
260 000 573 000 26 000 57 300 9
Check that the corrected V1 is above or equal to the minimum V1 value shown on the RTOW
chart (due to VMCG limitation).
If the corrected V1 is lower than the minimum V1 :
Take this last value as V1 .
Further decrease the weight by 4 000 kg ( 8 820 lb ) per kt difference between both
values.
Check that the corrected VR is above or equal to the minimum VR value shown on the RTOW
chart (due to VMCA limitation).
If the corrected VR is lower than the minimum VR :
Takeoff is not possible.
Check that the corrected V2 is above or equal to the minimum V2 value shown on the RTOW
chart (due to VMCA limitation).
If the corrected V2 is lower than the minimum V2 :
Takeoff is not possible.
Check that the corrected V2 is above or equal to the minimum V2 due to VMU limitation
Refer to FCOM/PER-TOF-TOD-25-20 V2 LIMITED BY VMU/VMCA.
If the corrected V2 is lower than the minimum V2 :
Takeoff is not possible.
Single engine cruise
Refer to FCOM/PER-THR-N1 MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS N1
Go-Around performance
Refer to FCOM/PER-THR-N1 GO AROUND N1.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
Autothrust function is lost.
α floor function is lost.
BEFORE ENGINE START
- ENG 1 N1 MODE pb-sw ………………………………………………………………… ON
- ENG 2 N1 MODE pb-sw ………………………………………………………………… ON
BEFORE TAKEOFF
Before applying takeoff power, check that the N1 thrust limit mode and the N1 rating limit
value are displayed on the EWD (no amber crosses XX displayed for the N1 mode). Check
that there is no ENG (x) N1 DEGRADED MODE displayed on the STATUS page. If any of
the above indications is present, takeoff is not allowed.
TAKEOFF
For takeoff procedure, Refer to AFM/APP-N1-NORM Takeoff Procedure
Perform the takeoff using full thrust ( TOGA ).
Applicable to : HL7792, HL7793, HL7794, HL7795, HL8258, HL8259, HL8282, HL8286, HL8293
73-20-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0 (o)(m)
May be inoperative on one or both engines provided that:
1) ETOPS is not conducted, and
2) The rated N1 control mode is operative on both engines (There is no N1 DEGRADED
MODE message displayed on the EWD), and
3) The Flight Manual performance penalties are applied, and
4) There is no fuel in the trim tank, and
5) The trim tank feed switch is set to ISOL, and
6) The aircraft is manually refuelled.
Note: When the EPR Control Mode is inoperative, the Autothrust is inoperative.
Refer to Item 22-30-01 Engine Autothrust (A/THR)
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task 12-11-28-650-804
(o) OpsProc 73-20-04A EPR Control Mode
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Takeoff performance computation
The following method may be used for takeoff performance determination if no takeoff data
(Predetermined by using OCTOPUS program or other equivalent program with present failure
case taken into account) is available.
The method explained hereafter allows the determination of the MTOW and associated speeds
( V1 , VR , V2 ), by applying decrements on the MTOW and associated speeds computed in
MTOW ΔW Δ V1 , Δ VR , Δ V2
(kg) (lb) (kg) (lb) (kt)
150 000 331 000 15 000 33 100 8
160 000 353 000 16 000 35 300 8
170 000 375 000 17 000 37 500 8
180 000 397 000 18 000 39 700 8
190 000 419 000 19 000 41 900 8
200 000 441 000 20 000 44 100 8
210 000 463 000 21 000 46 300 8
220 000 485 000 22 000 48 500 8
230 000 507 000 23 000 50 700 8
240 000 529 000 24 000 52 900 8
250 000 551 000 25 000 55 100 9
260 000 573 000 26 000 57 300 9
Check that the corrected V1 is above or equal to the minimum V1 value shown on the RTOW
chart (due to VMCG limitation).
If the corrected V1 is lower than the minimum V1 :
Take this last value as V1 .
Further decrease the weight by 4 000 kg ( 8 820 lb ) per kt difference between both
values.
Check that the corrected VR is above or equal to the minimum VR value shown on the RTOW
chart (due to VMCA limitation).
If the corrected VR is lower than the minimum VR :
Takeoff is not possible.
Check that the corrected V2 is above or equal to the minimum V2 value shown on the RTOW
chart (due to VMCA limitation).
If the corrected V2 is lower than the minimum V2 :
Takeoff is not possible.
Check that the corrected V2 is above or equal to the minimum V2 due to VMU limitation
Refer to FCOM/PER-TOF-TOD-25-20 V2 LIMITED BY VMU/VMCA.
AAR A330 FLEET 2-73-20 P 6/8
MEL 30OCT19
MEL ITEMS
73 - ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL
73-20 - Controlling
BEFORE TAKEOFF
Before applying takeoff power, check that the N1 thrust limit mode and the N1 rating limit
value are displayed on the EWD (no amber crosses XX displayed for the N1 mode). Check
that there is no ENG (x) N1 DEGRADED MODE displayed on the STATUS page. If any of
the above indications is present, takeoff is not allowed.
TAKEOFF
For takeoff procedure, Refer to AFM/APP-N1-NORM Takeoff Procedure
Perform the takeoff using full thrust ( TOGA ).
Applicable to : ALL
73-20-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0 (o)
One or both may be inoperative provided that the Flight Manual performance penalties are applied.
Reference(s)
(o) OpsProc 73-20-05A Minimum Idle on Ground
Applicable to : ALL
Following procedures and decrements may be used for takeoff performance determination if no
takeoff data (Predetermined by using OCTOPUS program or other equivalent program with present
failure case taken into account) is available.
Takeoff performance:
- Use maximum takeoff thrust.
AAR A330 FLEET 2-73-20 P 7/8
MEL 30OCT19
MEL ITEMS
73 - ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL
73-20 - Controlling
Applicable to : ALL
73-25-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 1 (o)(m)
(o) (m) One may be inoperative provided that:
1) Appropriate performance adjustments are applied, and
2) The autothrust is considered inoperative. Refer to Item 22-30-01 Engine Autothrust (A/THR)
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task
(o) OpsProc 73-25-01A Engine Interface and Vibration Monitoring Unit (one EIVMU inoperative)
Applicable to : ALL
GENERAL INFORMATION
On the ENGINE SD page , the N1 and N2 vibrations indications of the associated engine are
displayed XX .
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The minimum idle on ground of associated engine is inoperative, Refer to Item 73-20-05
Minimum Idle on Ground
The autothrust function is inoperative, Refer to Item 22-30-01 Engine Autothrust (A/THR)
Maximum landing capability is CAT 2.
Performance Adjustments
The associated thrust reverser is not available (No thrust reverser deactivation is necessary)
and performance adjustments need to be applied :
IN FLIGHT
Should a failure occurs with " LDG DIST PROC.......APPLY " message displayed on the
STATUS SD page ,
and
Whatever the actual thrust reversers selection at landing:
To calculate the LDG DIST with the in-flight failure, do not take credit of the inoperative
thrust reversers (Refer to QRH PER-C).
FOR LANDING
During the approach briefing, the flight crew must review:
- The status of the thrust reversers,
- The thrust reversers use.
At landing, before touchdown:
Ensure that both engine thrust levers are set to the IDLE detent for the flare.
At landing, after touchdown:
Use both reversers control levers when applying reverse thrust.
Applicable to : ALL
73-25-02B
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
A 2 1
One may be inoperative for 10 consecutive calendar days provided that EDTO is not conducted.
Applicable to : ALL
74-07-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 4 0 (m)
One or more may be inoperative provided that the associated ENG 1(2) IGN A(B)(A+B) FAULT
alert is operative.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task
Applicable to : ALL
74-09-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 6 3 (m)
A maximum of three may be displayed provided that the associated engine ignition system is
checked operative.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task
Applicable to : ALL
74-31-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 1
One may be inoperative provided that:
1) EDTO is not conducted, and
2) The associated engine ignition system B is operative.
Applicable to : ALL
74-31-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0
One or both may be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
75-09-01A ENG 1(2) COOL VALVE FAULT [IDG VALVE CLOSED] alert not displayed on the
EWD
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
A 2 0
One or both may be displayed on the EWD provided that:
1) The ENG 1(2) COOL VALVE FAULT [IDG VALVE CLOSED] alert is not displayed on the EWD,
and
2) Repairs are made within 300 flight hours or 20 consecutive calendar days, whichever occurs
first.
75-09-01B ENG 1(2) COOL VALVE FAULT [IDG VALVE CLOSED] alert displayed on the EWD
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
A 2 1
One may be displayed on the EWD provided that:
1) The opposite IDG is operative, and
2) Repairs are made within 300 flight hours or 20 consecutive calendar days, whichever occurs
first.
Applicable to : ALL
75-24-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0 (o)(m)
One or both may be inoperative provided that the affected valve is secured closed
FUEL PENALTY ITEM
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task
(o) OpsProc 75-24-01A HPTCC Valve
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Increase the fuel consumption by 1.2 % for each inoperative valve.
Applicable to : ALL
75-24-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0 (o)(m)
One or both may be inoperative in the closed position.
FUEL PENALTY ITEM
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 75-24-00-040-802
(o) OpsProc 75-24-02A LPTCC Valve
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Increase the fuel consumption by 0.4 % for each inoperative valve.
Applicable to : ALL
75-26-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
A 2 0 (o)(m)
One or both may be inoperative provided that:
1) The associated valve is deactivated in the closed position, and
2) The associated ENG 1(2) CTL VALVE FAULT [NAC COOL VALVE OPEN] alert is no longer
displayed on the EWD after maintenance action, and
3) The associated ENG 1(2) COOL VALVE FAULT alert is displayed on the EWD after the
associated engine start.
Refer to Item 75-09-01 ENG 1(2) COOL VALVE FAULT Alert
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 75-26-00-040-801
(o) OpsProc 75-26-02A Nacelle Core Compartment Cooling Valve
Applicable to : ALL
AFTER ENGINE START
After correct deactivation of the cooling valve in the closed position:
The ENG 1(2) COOL VALVE FAULT alert is displayed on the EWD.
Applicable to : ALL
77-07-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- - - -
Refer to Item 77-07-02-05 N1 Vibration Indication on the ENGINE SD page
Applicable to : ALL
77-07-01-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- - - -
Refer to Item 77-07-02-07 N2 Vibration Indication on the ENGINE SD page
Applicable to : ALL
77-07-02-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- - - -
Refer to Item 36-07-04 Engine Bleed Precooler Inlet Pressure Indication on the BLEED SD page
Applicable to : ALL
77-07-02-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- - - -
Refer to Item 73-07-02 Fuel Filter CLOG Indication on the ENGINE SD page
Applicable to : ALL
77-07-02-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- - - -
Refer to Item 73-07-01 Fuel Used Indication on the ENGINE SD page
Applicable to : ALL
77-07-02-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0
One or both may be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
77-07-02-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 1
One may be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
77-07-02-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 1
One may be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
77-07-02-09A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- - - -
Refer to Item 79-07-02-01 Oil Filter CLOG Indication on the ENGINE SD page
Applicable to : ALL
77-07-02-10A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- - - -
Refer to Item 79-07-02-02 Oil Pressure and Advisory Indications on the ENGINE SD page
Applicable to : ALL
77-07-02-11A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- - - -
Refer to Item 79-07-02-03 Oil Quantity Indication on the ENGINE SD page
Applicable to : ALL
77-07-02-12A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- - - -
Refer to Item 79-07-02-04 Oil Temperature Indication on the ENGINE SD page
Applicable to : ALL
77-07-02-13A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- - - -
Refer to Item 74-07-01 Selected Igniter Indication on the ENGINE SD page
Applicable to : ALL
77-07-02-14A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- - - -
Refer to Item 80-07-01 Start Valve Position Indication on the ENGINE SD page
Applicable to : ALL
77-08-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- 2 2
Both must be operative
Applicable to : ALL
77-08-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0
One or both may be inoperative provided that the EPR control mode is considered inoperative on
both engines
Refer to Item 73-20-04 EPR Contro Mode
Applicable to : ALL
77-08-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- - - (o)
Refer to Item 73-08-01 Fuel Flow Indication on the EWD
FUEL PENALTY ITEM
Contact to dispatcher for fuel planning
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to the followings.
Applicable to : ALL
OPERATIONS Note
Contingency Fuel 3% operations should be decided by the Dispatcher.
Contact the Dispatcher.
Applicable to : ALL
77-08-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- 2 2
Both must be operative.
Applicable to : ALL
77-08-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- 2 2
Both must be operative
Applicable to : ALL
77-08-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- - -
Refer to Item 78-08-01 REV Indication on the EWD
Applicable to : ALL
77-08-08A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- - -
Refer to Item 73-20-01 Flex Takeoff Mode
and Refer to Item 73-20-02 Derated Takeoff Mode
Applicable to : ALL
78-08-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0
One or both may be inoperative provided that the associated thrust reverser is considered
inoperative.
Refer to Item 78-30-01 Thrust Reverser
Applicable to : ALL
78-09-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
A 2 0
One or both may be displayed on the EWD for 300 flight hours or 20 consecutive calendar days,
whichever occurs first.
Applicable to : ALL
78-09-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0 (o)(m)
One or both may be displayed on the EWD provided that:
1) The alert is confirmed to be false by troubleshooting before each flight, and
2) The isolation valve associated with the thrust reverser having the false alert is checked
operative before each flight, and
3) The ENG 1(2) REV MINOR FAULT alert associated with the thrust reverser having the false
alert is not displayed on the EWD before each flight.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 78-31-00-040-808
(o) OpsProc 78-09-02A ENG 1(2) REV PRESSURIZED Alert
Applicable to : ALL
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
Disregard the associated ENG 1(2) REV PRESSURIZED alert displayed on the EWD.
Applicable to : ALL
78-30-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0 (o)(m)
One or both may be inoperative provided that:
1) The inoperative thrust reverser is deactivated and secured in the stowed position, and
2) The ENG 1(2) REV INHIBITED alert is displayed on the EWD after deactivation, and
3) Appropriate performance adjustments are applied.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 78-30-00-040-808
(o) OpsProc 78-30-01A Thrust Reverser (ENG REV INHIBITED displayed on the EWD after
deactivation)
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Performance Adjustments
Applicable to : ALL
78-30-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0 (o)(m)
One or both may be inoperative provided that:
1) The inoperative thrust reverser is deactivated, and
2) The ENG 1(2) REV INHIBITED alert is displayed on the EWD after deactivation, and
3) Appropriate performance adjustments are applied.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 78-30-00-040-807
(o) OpsProc 78-30-02A Thrust Reverser Control
Applicable to : ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Performance Adjustments
REJECTED TAKEOFF
Ensure that both engine thrust levers are set to the IDLE detent.
If one thrust reverser is inoperative:
Use both reversers control levers when applying reverse thrust.
If both thrust reversers are inoperative:
Do not select the reverse control levers.
IN FLIGHT
Should a failure occurs with "LDG DIST PROC.......APPLY" message displayed on the
STATUS SD page,
and
Whatever the actual thrust reversers selection at landing:
To calculate the LDG DIST with the in-flight failure, do not take credit of the inoperative thrust
reversers (Refer to QRH PER-A).
PILOT BRIEFING BEFORE APPROACH
During the approach briefing, the flight crew must review:
- The status of the thrust reversers,
- The thrust reversers use.
AT LANDING, BEFORE TOUCHDOWN
Ensure that both engine thrust levers are set to the IDLE detent for the flare.
AT LANDING, AFTER TOUCHDOWN
If one thrust reverser is inoperative:
Use both reversers control levers when applying reverse thrust.
If both thrust reversers are inoperative:
Do not select the reverse control levers.
Applicable to : ALL
78-30-05A Associated lock secured in the open position
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
A 4 0 (m)
One or both may be inoperative on each engine provided that:
1) The associated lock is secured in the open position, and
2) The associated thrust reverser is operative, and
3) The associated ENG 1(2) REV LOCKED alert is no longer displayed on the EWD after
maintenance action, and
4) The associated ENG 1(2) REV MINOR FAULT alert is displayed on the EWD after
maintenance action.
Refer to Item 78-09-01 ENG 1(2) REV MINOR FAULT Alert
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 78-37-00-040-801
Applicable to : ALL
79-07-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- - - -
Refer to Item 79-07-02-03 Oil Quantity Indication on the ENGINE SD page
Applicable to : ALL
79-07-02-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0
One or both may be inoperative.
Applicable to : ALL
79-07-02-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- 2 2
Both must be operative.
Applicable to : ALL
79-07-02-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 1 (m)
One may be inoperative provided that:
1) The oil quantity is checked before each flight, and
2) There is no evidence of abnormal oil consumption or leakage.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task
Applicable to : ALL
79-07-02-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
- 2 2
Both must be operative.
Applicable to : ALL
79-09-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 1 (o)(m)
One may be displayed on the EWD provided that:
1) The associated filter is changed every day or every 15 flight hours, whichever occurs first, and
2) The associated master chip detector is inspected before each flight and does not reveal the
presence of chips.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 79-35-00-040-803
(o) OpsProc 79-09-02A ENG OIL FILTER CLOG Alert
Applicable to : ALL
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
Disregard the associated ENG 1(2) OIL FILTER CLOG alert displayed on the EWD.
Applicable to : ALL
80-01-31A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0
One or both may be inoperative
Applicable to : ALL
80-07-01B
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0 (m)
One or both may be inoperative provided that the associated start valve is checked closed after the
start of the affected engine
Note : If the following maintenance procedures should be performed after the entry door(s) closed,
the maintenance personnel should inform the flight crew by interphone system that the valve
is closed, and do not make an entry in the Flight & Maintenance Log.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task
Applicable to : ALL
80-11-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 1 (m)(o)
One may be inoperative provided that the affected start valve is manually closed after the start of
the affected engine
Note : If the following maintenance procedures should be performed after the entry door(s) closed,
the maintenance personnel should inform the flight crew by interphone system that the valve
is closed, and do not make an entry in the Flight & Maintenance Log.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task
(o) OpsProc 80-11-01A Start Valve
Applicable to : ALL
AT ENGINE START
Apply the START VALVE MANUAL OPERATION procedure in the FCOM.
Refer to FCOM/PRO-NOR-SUP-ENG Engine Start Valve Manual Operation.
IN FLIGHT
If the affected engine shuts down, attempt to restart it only using windmilling relight.
Applicable to : ALL
80-12-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nrb required Procedure
C 2 0
One or both may be inoperative